1000428607 Catalog

2016-07-29

: Pdf 1000428607-Catalog 1000428607-Catalog B2 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 202 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

PHOTOELECTRIC

SAFETY SENSORS

Edition 2006

FABRIKAUTOMATION

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Table of Contents

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Table of Contents

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Photoelectric safety sensors

Content Page

Worldwide presence of a strong product brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Selection table based on model line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

The way to achieve correct electrosensitive protection equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Safety through beam sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Safety light grids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Safety light grid with internal control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Safety light curtains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Guidelines and standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Protection types provided by housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Option list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Type code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Alphabetical type index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Additional catalogs for the Pepperl+Fuchs’factory automation division describe:

- Photoelectronic standard sensors

- Ultrasonic sensors

- Inductive, capacitive and magnetic sensors

- Position sensors

- Rotary encoders

- Counters, tachometers and switching mechanisms

- Sensor systems

AS interface

Identifikation systems

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Global presence of a strong product brand

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Global presence of a strong product brand

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Visolux – synonym for photoelectric

competence

Visolux

Modern automation technology keeps changing our

lives. The effects reach from industrial manufacturing

and processing to daily life with the apparent

automatic opening of doors in department stores,

supermarkets and public transport.

A condition for most automation solutions is - besides

the achievements of microelectronics - a

correspondingly powerful sensor technology which

plays a key role in the background. Sensors constantly

provide current information on process states and

events to the controls. Most automation solutions

would be unthinkable without these important

components.

Whilst automation in the private sphere is usually to

provide comfort and ease, the automated operation in

the industrial environment tends to pay real money.

Costs for routine processes and monitoring tasks can

be reduced to a minimum and enable the efficient

operation which is indispensible today

Market leader expands offer

The VISOLUX brand name, in the Pepperl+Fuchs

business sector, stands for factory automation for all

photoelectric sensors, including door/gate/lift sensors

and sensors for safety applications. In an almost 60

year history our company has developed into one of

the most reputable sensor manufacturers with a global

presence. The company often takes the technological

lead.

Responsible for products, solutions, and questions

about photoelectric sensors, the VISOLUX division

was seamlessly integrated into the Pepperl+Fuchs

tradition and philosophy: with innovative and high-

quality development of rational automation solutions

making it possible for customers to gain decisive

advantages in global competition. Simultaneously, the

photoelectric sensor competence centre profits from

the global distribution network and world-wide

manufacturing facilities of the parent corporation, with

locations in all important industrial regions in Europe,

Asia, and America.

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Global presence of a strong product brand

Photoelectronics with key importance

Photoelectronic sensors are of key importance today

when the goal is to detect or monitor objects without

touching them. They are used wherever e.g.

positioning, classification or counting is required. The

applications range from the automobile industry,

machine design, and assembly automation to

warehousing and conveyor systems, packaging

machines, the printing and paper industries,

surveillance and safety technology.

Extensive product line

With its extensive product line, Pepperl+Fuchs/

Visolux, as end-to-end supplier and market leader,

has correspondingly mature end products. So the

solutions of the photoelectronic specialists are always

easy to optimise for individual applications.

The spectrum includes standard light barriers in the

most varied designs, light scanners, colour sensors,

laser systems, and data transmission light barriers,

vision sensors, distance measurement devices,

barcode scanners, light curtains, light grids, and safety

light barriers. The latter can be used in non-contact

safety applications.

For applications in which a one-beam optical detector

is not sufficient, there is a broad spectrum of light grids

available. They are used for the profile control of

pallets, monitoring of lift doors or the paper tear

protection in printing machines and much more.

Data light barriers, finally, provide wireless data

transmission using light on linearly moving vehicles to

avoid stoppage from cable breaks or communications

errors from contact bounces with traditional sliding

contacts.

The comfortable and at the same time safe operation

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Global presence of a strong product brand

Date of edition 05/17/2006

of doors and gates is the subject of the industry-

specific sensor technology from

Pepperl+Fuchs/Visolux. Whether this is for opening

pulse generators, the monitoring and startup control of

escalators in public buildings, the control of the

approach area of industrial gates or the closing edge

protection of lift doors.

An assortment of different operating principles is

employed on this very wide range of special sensors

offered by Pepperl+Fuchs/Visolux to the manufacturer

and.

Need customer-specific solutions?

If the right sensor cannnot be found in the Visolux line,

or if problems crop up which cannot be solved with

standard products off the rack, the

Pepperl+Fuchs/Visolux development team is ready for

action. In numerous customer-specific solutions, the

photoelectronic specialists have already

demonstrated their flexibility and performance.

The potential ranges from the modification of designs

through the extension of individual functions to the

closer cooperation with customers in the development

of novel solution concepts.

Overview

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Selection table based on model line

Figure Model line Device design Principle of operation Limit detection

range

Series

Category

Possible category

Preferred category

Oversized method or measure

B1234

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Date of edition 05/17/2006

In the context of EN 954-1, the following requirements apply for safety-relevant parts of controls and components:

Category B : Use of tried and testen components and principles.

Category 1 : Use of intrinsic safety approved components and principles.

Category 2 : Use of testable components, cyclical testing.

Category 3 : Individual error is detected and does not result in the loss of the safety function.

Category 4 : Self-monitoring. No loss of the safety function if individual errors occur or in the case of

an accumulation of several errors.

1.3 Electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE)

The electro-sensitive protective equipment which is refererred to here includes photoelectric safety devices such

as safety light barriers, safety light grids, safety light curtains and the corresponding control units.

Usually, electro-sensitive protective equipment is divided into 2 categories:

ESPE-T Type 2, according to IEC/EN 61496-1

Inspection of the safety function by means of regular testing, category 2 of the

Machine Safety (EN 954-1).

ESPE-S Type 4, according to IEC/EN 61496-1

Self-monitoring, category 4 of the Machine Safety (EN 954-1).

According to the category, they contain one or two input signal switching devices (OSSD).

Additionally, special requirements for the optical properties of the sensor are defined.

Type 2 Opening angle 10°

Typ 4 Opening angle 5°

The photoelectric safety devices introduced in this catalogue either correspond to type 2 or type 4 and thus comply

with the highest safety requirements.

2. Definition of the detection characteristics

Photoelectric safety devices are used if larger distances or areas must be contactlessly monitored. The following

basic differentiations are made:

• Access protection (personal safety)

• Interference protection(hand, finger safety)

The optical characteristics (mainly range and resolution) dpend on this operational range.

2.1 Access protection

For personal safety mainly light barriers or light grids will be used.

Dependent on the hazard location to be monitored certain installation topologies are recommended or mandated.

• in EN 294 safety distances to prevent reaching hazard locations with the upper extremeties.

• in EN 811 definition of safety distances with regard to the reaching of operator limbs into

danger areas.

• in EN 999 determination of sufficient safety distances.

• C standards see chapter "Additional information".

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

To ensure safety of personnel, combinations of mechanical and photoelectric safety devices are often used. In

addition, redirection mirrors offer multi-sided protection.

3 beam light grid protection multi-directional protection using redirection mirrors

Examples for beam distances above floor level in accordance with EN 999:

1 beam 2 beams 3 beams 4 beams

2.2 Protection against reaching

Light curtains are used predominantly to protect against reaching.

In this case a higher resolution is required, usually 14 mm (finger safety), 30 mm (hand safety), 60 mm and 90 mm

(bypass protection).

Reach protection through light curtain light curtain for bypass protection

750 mm

500 mm

400 mm

300 mm

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Date of edition 05/17/2006

2.3 Signal Evaluation

The signal evaluation fo individual light barriers is normally located in a separate control unit.

For light grids both designs with integrated evaluation and with external signal evaluation are available. For light

curtains the evaluation is normally integrated.

Individual light barriers with separate evaluation Light grid/light curtain with integrated evaluation

3. Installation of the photoelectronic protection device

3.1 Determining the safety distance

When fitting an photoelectronic safety device to a hazard location, a

minimum distance between the protected area and the hazard location

must be observed. This distance is to ensure that the movement causing

the hazard will have come to rest before any person can touch it.

The distance is calculated from the after-running time of the machine, the

response time of the safety system and the speed of movement of the

person entering the danger area (EN 999, EN 294).

According to EN 999, the minimum distance can be calculated using the

formula:

Accordingly,

S: S minimum safety distance in mm, i.e. the distance from the hazardous area to the protected area

K: Constant in mm/s for the approach speed.

T: Total response time in s.

t1: Response time of the safety device

e.g. 20 ms (semiconducator OSSD) or.

40 ms (relay OSSD)

t2: Machine after-running time

C: additional distance according to the table.

*) provided the risk analysis permits a 1 beam protection.

Number of beams/resolution 14 mm 30 mm 60 mm 90 mm 2,3,4 beams 1 beam*)

C 0 mm 128 mm 850 mm 850 mm 850 mm 1200 mm

Voltage supply

Channel 1

Control

Unit

Restart input

Test input

Channel 4

OSSD-outputs

Channel 2

Status reports

Channel 3

Transmitter 1 Receiver 2

Transmitter 4 Receiver 4

Transmitter 2 Receiver 2

Transmitter 3 Receiver 3

Receiving unit

with integrated evaluation

Control

inputs

Message

outputs

Emitter

Sender

control

Protective

beams

OSSD-

Output

1+2

Control

Muting lamp

Muting sensors

Receiver

Control

and

monitoring

protective

beams

Muting

module Not-OF

0 V

Danger zone

Minimum interval S

Sending unit

Protective field

Receiving unit

SKT×C+=

1t2

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

3.1.1 Safety distances for light curtains (EN 999)

Vertical approach

Calculation example:

With K = 2000 mm/s

and C = 0 mm for SLC 14...

or C = 128 mm for SLC 30...

the calculation formula for the distance S of 105 mm to

up to 500 mm is:

Note:

If S is greater than 500 mm, K = 1600 mm/s can be used.

S must be at least 500 mm. Smaller results must be corrected to a minimum distance of 500 mm.

Example: vertical layout

t1 = 50 ms, t2 = 300 ms

Hand protection C = 128 mm

The minimum distance from the protected field to the danger location must be 828 mm.

Parallel approach

For the horizontal layout of the safety light curtain the

safety distance S also depends on the height of the light

curtain above the floor. The maximum permitted height

H is1000 mm. At a height greater than 300 mm there is

a risk of access from below the safety light curtain. This

must be taken into account during the risk analysis;

alternatively additional barriers might be needed. The

safety distance can be calculated as follows:

where (1200 mm - 0.4 H) ≥ 850 mm (EN 999).

Distance S

Approach/

convergence

direction

Protective field

SLC

Danger

zone

S2000mm

---------t1t2

+()•C+=

S1600mm

---------t1t2

+()•C+=

S2000mm

---------350 10 3–

•s•128mm+=

S700mm 128mm+=

S828 mm=

Distance S

Approach/convergence

direction

H (height above ground)

Protective field

SLC

Danger

zone

S1600mm

---------t1t2

+()•1200mm 04H,–()+=

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Date of edition 05/17/2006

3.1.2 Safety beam distances for access protection

According to EN 999, the following heights are recommended for individual beams that are parallel to the floor:

3.1.3 Light beam reflection around an obstacle

It must be ensured that reflecting

objects which may cause a light

beam reflection around an obstacle

are not located within the

transmitting or receiving lobe (EN

61496-2).

3.2 Installation notes

The safety light curtain must be arranged in such a way that it is never possible to bypass the protective field from

above, below or behind. If the distance to the safety light curtain is too great, additional safety devices must be

fitted (see sample illustrations).

Number of

beams

Height above reference plane in mm

1 750

2 400, 900

3 300, 700, 1100

4 300, 600, 900, 1200

6 Lowest beam ≤300

7 Highest beam ≥900

There must be no gap below the protective field through which it

is possible to reach into the danger area (A: protective field, B:

mechanical protection).

The operator must be prevented from reaching into the danger area

from above (A: protective field, B: mechanical protection).

The machine operator must not get between the light curtain and

the hazard location (A: protective field, B: mechanical protection).

Reflecting object outside beam area

Obstacle

Sending unit Receiving unit

Minimum interval a

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

4. Output switching

Pepperl+Fuchs/Visolux protection devices of type 4 are self-monitoring to type BWS-S and meet the requirements

of control category 4 (machine safety).

They feature two output signal switching devices OSSD (Output Signal Switching Device).

The switching devices are available either as semiconductors with separated potential or optionally with monitored

forced NO contacts.

5. Additional functions

5.1 Startup/restart lock

The startup/restart lock prevents the hazardous movement from automatically restarting after the protective field

has been penetrated.

The button for the startup/restart release must be positioned from where the danger area is easily visible and where

it is not possible to operate this button from within the danger area.

Startup release message:

To signal that all protective beams are clear after a beam interruption or after powering up, all BWS have an output

which is enabled if the protective field is clear. This function will only be enabled during operation with startup/

restart lock to notify the user that the startup release can be operated.

5.2 Relay monitor

The relay monitor is designed to monitor externally connected relays. The

relay monitor must be wired as shown here. Any number of NC contacts can

be switched by any number of relays. The minimum number of relays is,

however, 2.

K1 and K2 in the illustration are forced relays. The NC contacts K1K and

K2K (control contacts) must guarantee a safe contact at 24 V/5 mA. Add-on

auxiliary contacts or contacts of auxiliary relays normally meet this

requirement. Between the control contacts and other contacts under 230 V

alternating voltage a surge voltage resistance of 6 kV must be guaranteed

by the relay manufacturer. The operating circuit of the relay must be secured

with a fuse of a nominal rating of max. 60% of the load capacity of the relay

contacts. The relays are monitored with a delay of 200 ms after the switching

operation. If the new switching state has not been reached after 200 ms, the

ESPE enters into a locking state and indicates the error on the diagnostic display.

5.3 Muting

In the muting mode the protective function of a ESPE will be intentionally bridged. This function is necessary to

transport materials in or out of a danger area using an automatic conveying system. A precondition for this bridging

are at least 2 enabled muting sensors and a muting lamp.

The selection and layout of the muting sensors must ensure a differentiation between people and conveyed

material. Whilst the muting function is enabled the access to the danger area must be blocked, if necessary by the

conveyed material itself.

Various muting modes can be set at the muting-capable safety systems of Pepperl+Fuchs/Visolux to achieve an

adaptation to different applications. Different muting modes can bes set at the evaluation device Safebox or the

light grid SLPCM dependent on the actual application. Sequential and parallel muting are possible.

With dual muting two hazard locations can be monitored simultaneously.

5678 39

SLPC... /31

K1 K2

K1K

K2K

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Date of edition 05/17/2006

5.3.1 Mode of operation

Evaluation of the muting sensors

Depending on the arrangement, the muting sensors are activated within a short period of time or successively. The

sequence of the activation can be monitored by selecting between parallel and sequential muting.

Parallel muting

In the parallel muting operating mode, the muting sensor

arranged in pairs (MS1 and MS2 or MS3 and MS4) must be

activated within 2 s. If only one of the muting sensors has

been activated in this time, it will be locked. Locking will

block the muting from being enabled. This lock will only be

removed if the sensor is no longer active.

Sequential muting

In contrast to parallel muting where the activated sensors

MS1 and MS2 or MS3 t and MS4 fulfil the muting condition,

sequential muting also allows sensors MS2 and MS3 to

keep the muting condition.

The muting sensors are activated successively. The

arrangement of the sensors is to be selected in such a way

that a person cannot unintentionally activate 2 sensors.

Muting monitoring

To avoid a dangerous continuous muting in the case of a failure of the muting sensors, muting is operated either

with a time window limit or a protection beam limit. Time window-limited muting should be used if the objects that

are supposed to pass the protection beams unhindered have crossed the protection beams within approx. 240 s.

If the muting process cannot be completed within this time window, protection beam limited muting can be used. It

must be ensured that muting is stopped approx. 115 ms after all protection beams have been released.

MS1

MS2

MS3

MS4

MS3

MS2 MS4

Protective field

Muting lamp

Muting active

Product

MS1

MS1+2 MS2+3 MS3+4

MS2

MS3

MS4

MS3

MS2 MS4

Protective field

Muting lamp

Muting active

Product

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Time window-limited muting

If time window-limited muting is selected, each muting

sensor is monitored in terms of time. Each sensor may

only be activated for a maximum of 240 s. This means

that the muting object must have passed the sensor

within this period of time. If this time is exceeded, the

evaluation unit locks the sensor. If the sensor is locked,

muting can no longer be activated. The sensor can only

be released again after it has been deactivated.

Protection beam-limited muting

In the case of protection beam-limited muting, muting

sensors are evaluated with respect to time after their activation.

Two activated muting sensors initiate the muting procedure. At

the latest 240 s after activation (applies separately for each

muting sensor), at least one protection beam must be

interrupted. In contrast to time window-limited muting, the time

measurement is stopped, thus enabling muting with no time

limit. Approx. 115 ms after the protective field is evacuated (all

protective beams are clear) and the passage is clear again, the

muting process will finish.

5.3.2 Muting sensors

Muting sensors are supposed to detect the muting objects. If an object is detected, the output of the muting sensor

switches through its supply voltage. For this purpose, sensors with relay or pnp output are suitable. In a de-

energised state, the output of the muting sensor must not be active. The sensor output should be capable of reliably

switching a load current of 8 mA at 20 V.

As muting sensors, the following sensors can be used, for example:

• Reflective light barriers (light activation) with object-mounted reflector,

• Reflective light barriers (interrupt activation) with fixed reflector,

• Single-direction light barriers (interrupt activation),

• Optical sensors,

• Inductive sensors,

• Mechanical switches.

5.3.3 Muting lamp

When using muting a signal lamp for indicating the muting state with a minimum luminous area of 1 cm2 and a

minimum luminosity of 200 cd/m2 must be used. Monitoring the connected lamp ensures that the muting signal

lamp fulfils its function correctly. If the muting signal lamp is faulty the BWS enters into the locking state and

indicates the error on the display. During power-up, when executing the reset command and during the time the

muting is enabled, the muting lamp will be monitored.

To increase the system availability 2 muting signal lamps can be connected in parallel. This is conditional on both

signal lamps being visible simultaneously and in close proximity to each other during any approach to the access.

Without the use of muting muting signal lamps are not required.

MS1

MS2

Muting lamp

Muting active

max. 240 s

Product

Protective beams

MS1

MS2

Muting lamp

Muting active

max. 240 s

Unlimited

Product

Protective beams

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

The way to the right electro-sensitive protective equipment

Date of edition 05/17/2006

5.3.4 Emergency muting

If the plant must be started up again for removing a blocking object from

the protected area and the muting sensors, the emergency muting

function is available. In the case of emergency muting, the locked muting

sensors are evaluated again for a duration of 3s ... 4 s. Consequently, the

OSSDs are switched on again for 3 s ... 4 s. Emergency muting is initiated

using the override push button. This initialisation can be retriggered, i.e.

by actuating the push button again within 3 s, the duration of the on status

of the OSSDs can always be extended until the object has left the muting

sensor area.

5.3.5 Double muting

If the double muting operating mode is selected, 2 entries to a hazardous area can be protected and muted using

one muting module and one sensor card module.

This operating mode divides the sensor inputs of the sensor card

module to the left of the muting module, the muting sensor inputs,

the muting lamps and the override inputs into 2 separate areas.

The two created muting areas work completely independently

from each another.

In the case of double muting, all other operating modes that can

be selected (e.g. protection beam limit or time limit) are effective

for both muting areas.

5.3.6 Grouping

There may be several switch groups in a Safebox. This makes sense if not the entire system is to be taken out of

operation in the case of an interruption of a safety device, but only the affected drive.

A special software is utilised for complex systems with grouping. This allows for several OSSD modules with stop

function category 0 to be operated in a Safebox. A SafeBox contains exactly as many shut-off groups as it has

OSSD modules with stop function 0. Each shut-off group may have sensor card modules, muting modules or OSSD

modules with a time-delay shut-off function. All modules to the right of an OSSD module form a group.

Arrangement of the modules

The following modules may belong to a group:

• Sensor card modules

• Muting modules

• Stop function cat.1 modules

• The OSSD modules set to stop function cat.1 are also assigned to a group.

These switch off with a delay after the OSSD module in stop function cat. 0

module of the group.

• Muting modules generate a muting procedure for the sensor module fitted

immediately to the left of the muting module.

• Additional sensor modules of the group are not influenced by the muting

module.

Control

Interface

Unit

Override

Reset

Restart

Muting lamp 1

Muting lamp 2

Safety light barrier

1 and 2

Safety light barrier

3 and 4

Muting sensor 1

Muting sensor 2

Muting sensor 3

Muting sensor 4

OSSD-R/

Supply module position 1

Sensor card module

4 channels position 2

Sensor card module

4 channels position 4

Muting module

position 5

OSSD-R/E-stop module

with stop function Cat. 0 position 5

OSSD-R/E-stop-module

with stop function Cat. 0 position 3

Group 3

Group 2

Group1

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light barriers

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light barriers

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriers

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Operating Type code Control unit Category Detection range Page

SLA5

SLA5/92

SafeBox 40 m ... 5 m 26

SLA5S

SLA5S/92

SafeBox 4 0 m ... 5 m 28

SL12 SafeBox / SC2 20 m ... 10 m 30

SLA12 SafeBox / SC4 4 0 m ... 10 m 32

SL29 SafeBox / SC2 20 m ... 65 m 34

SL29/116 SafeBox / SC2 2 0 m ... 65 m 36

SLA29 SafeBox / SC4 40 m ... 65 m 38

SLA29/116 SafeBox / SC4 4 0 m ... 65 m 40

SLA40

SLA40/92

SafeBox 40 m ... 4 m 42

Description

Single direction light barriers of type SL/SLA together with a control unit of series SafeBox or

SC form an photoelectronic protection device of category 2 or 4 (EN 954-1) or type 2 or 4

(according to IEC/EN 61496).

The protection device can be in single or multiple beam design.

A single direction light barrier consists of a sender and a receiver.

The single direction light barriers SL/SLA, the control unit SafeBox or SC, muting sensors and

other user-selectable safety devices (e.g. E-stop) combine into a modular protection system.

1 to 8 light barriers can be connected to a control unit. The light barriers can be mixed freely,

but a light barrier must consist of a sender and receiver of the same type.

The supply voltage required for the light barrier is provided by the control unit. The control unit

also triggers the sender and evaluates the signal transmitted by the receiver (e.g. light beam

interruption.

Series SL/SLA are available in different designs and ranges.

Dependent on the type of light barrier used the range can be up to 65 m.

Protection from several directions can be achieved with the use of redirection mirrors (extra).

Applications

Normally used for increased risk of injury. For example for access control of pallet systems,

robots, wood processing machines, packaging machines, overhead warehouse shelves and

machine lines.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA5

SLA5/33 K=5m

SLA5/33 K=10m

SLA5/92

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X X

Effective detection range 0 ... 5 m

XXXX

Number of protective field beams 1

X X X X

Light source LED

XXXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking CE

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 10 mm dynamic: 30 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X X X

Light type red, modulated light

XXXX

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X X X

Function display LED yellow/green in receiver:

off: Interruption

yellow: transmission

green: reception with sufficient stability control

XXXX

Pre-fault indication LED functional display yellow

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree IP65

XXXX

Connection

Fixed cable, 10 m; 0.25 mm

Fixed cable 2 m; 0.25 mm

Fixed cable, 5 m; 0.25 mm

M12 connector, 4-pin

Housing ABS plastic, RLA 1021 (yellow) painted

X X X X

Optical face Plastic lens

XXXX

Mass Per 95 g

X X X X

System components

Emitter

SLA5-T

SLA5-T/33 K=10m

SLA5-T/33 K=5m

SLA5-T/92

Receiver

SLA5-R

SLA5-R/33 K=10m

SLA5-R/33 K=5m

SLA5-R/92

SLA5

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA5

SLA5 / SLA5S

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

012345678

SLA5 / SLA5S

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

024681012

SLA5 / SLA5S

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with fixed cable

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with connector plug

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

Emitter

Receiver

Display LED

Receiver

(fixed cable)

(connector M12)

8.5

M12x1

10 10

M12x1

SLA5

SLA5/92

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets (only for option /92)

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Further accessories

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA5S

SLA5S/33 K=5m

SLA5S/92

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X

Effective detection range 0 ... 5 m

XXX

Number of protective field beams 1

X X X

Light source LED

XXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXX

Marking CE

X X X

Obstacle size static: 10 mm dynamic: 30 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X X

Light type red, modulated light

XXX

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X X

Function display LED yellow/green in receiver:

off: Interruption

yellow: transmission

green: reception with sufficient stability control

XXX

Pre-fault indication LED functional display yellow

X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXX

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X X

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXX

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X

Protection degree IP65

XXX

Connection

Fixed cable 2 m; 0.25 mm

Fixed cable, 5 m; 0.25 mm

M12 connector, 4-pin

Housing ABS plastic, RLA 1021 (yellow) painted

XXX

Optical face Plastic lens

X X X

Mass Per 95 g

XXX

System components

Emitter

SLA5S-T

SLA5S-T/33 K=5m

SLA5S-T/92

Receiver

SLA5S-R

SLA5S-R/33 K=5m

SLA5S-R/92

SLA5S

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Optical-system lateral

• Red transmission light

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA5S

SLA5 / SLA5S

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

012345678

SLA5 / SLA5S

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

024681012

SLA5 / SLA5S

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with fixed cable

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with connector plug

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

Emitter Receiver

Display LED (fixed cable)

(connector M12)

8.5

12.5

ø4.5

1432

SLA5S

SLA5S/92

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets (only for option /92)

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Further accessories

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SL12/124

SL12/115

Construction type(S2) Miniature housing

X X

Effective detection range 0.2 ... 10 m

Threshold detection range 16 m

X X

Light source LED, 660 nm

Approvals TÜV

X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

Marking CE

X X

Obstacle size static: 10 mm dynamic: 30 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Alignment aid LED red

X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 2

Light type red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence < 10 °

Series MLV12

X X

Operating display LED green

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

Connection

2.5 m fixed cable, 5-core, Euronorm

connector, 5-pin with metal thread M12 x 1, may be rotated 90°

Housing Frame: die-cast zinc, nickel-plated

Laterals: plastic PC, glass-fiber reinforced

X X

Optical face Plastic pane

Mass per device 60 g

X X

System components Ordering data

Emitter

SL12-T/115

SL12-T/124

Receiver

SL12-R/115

SL12-R/124

SL12/...

• Detection range up to 10 m

• Test input (Type 2 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Waterproof, protection class IP67

• Operation on control units of series SC2-2

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SL12/...

SL12..., SLA12...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

160

02 4 6 8 10121416

SL12..., SLA12...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 5 10 15 20 25 x

SL12..., SLA12...

SL12

SLA12

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC2-2

0 V

SL12/SLA12

M12x1

Connector 90˚ adjustable position

Connection options:

1 Operating display green

2 Switch state yellow

3 Optical axis emitter/Optical axis receiver

4 Alignment indicator red

M4 / 4 deep

Fixed cable

M12x1

7.5

41.5

5.3

5.5

19.5

ø4.5

21.3

31.8

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC2-2

Cable sockets (not for option /115)

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Mounting aids

OMH-06

OMH-MLV12-HWG

OMH-MLV12-HWK

OMH-K01

OMH-K02

Further accessories

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA12/124

SLA12/115

Construction type(S2) Miniature housing

X X

Focke Ident-No.

Effective detection range 0.2 ... 10 m

X X

Threshold detection range 16 m

Light source LED, 660 nm

X X

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X

Marking CE

Obstacle size static: 10 mm dynamic: 30 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

X X

Alignment aid LED red

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X

Light type red, modulated light

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X

Series MLV12

Operating display LED green

X X

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

X X

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

X X

Connection

2.5 m fixed cable, 5-core, Euronorm

connector, 5-pin with metal thread M12 x 1, may be rotated 90°

Housing Frame: die-cast zinc, nickel-plated

Laterals: plastic PC, glass-fiber reinforced RAL 1021 (yellow)

Optical face Plastic pane

X X

Mass per device 60 g

System components Ordering data

X X

Emitter

SLA12-T/115

SLA12-T/124

Receiver

SLA12-R/115

SLA12-R/124

SLA12/...

• Detection range up to 10 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Waterproof, protection class IP67

• Operation on control units of series SB4 (SafeBox) and SC4-2

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA12/...

SL12..., SLA12...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

160

02 4 6 8 10121416

SL12..., SLA12...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 5 10 15 20 25 x

SL12..., SLA12...

SL12

SLA12

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC4-2

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit

SafeBox module -4C(P) and -6C

receiver x +U

receiver x input

emitter x

emitter x +U

SL12/SLA12

M12x1

Connector 90˚ adjustable position

Connection options:

1 Operating display green

2 Switch state yellow

3 Optical axis emitter/Optical axis receiver

4 Alignment indicator red

M4 / 4 deep

Fixed cable

M12x1

7.5

41.5

5.3

5.5

19.5

ø4.5

21.3

31.8

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC4-2

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets (not for option /115)

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Mounting aids

OMH-06

OMH-MLV12-HWG

OMH-MLV12-HWK

OMH-K01

OMH-K02

Further accessories

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SL29/105/106

SL29/35/105/106 R=65M

SL29/73c

SL29/35/73c R=65M

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X X

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 30 m

6 ... 65 m

X X

Threshold detection range

40 m

85 m

X X

Light source LED

XXXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking CE

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 30 mm

dynamic: 40 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Alignment aid LED red

X X X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 2

XXXX

Light type red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence < 10 °

XXXX

Series 29

X X X X

Operating display LED green

XXXX

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Ambient temperature

-20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X

-35 ... 55 °C (238 ... 328 K) with heated optical face, fixed voltage 24 V DC ± 20 %/50 mA

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

X X X X

Connection

M12 connector, 4-pin

M12 connector, 5 pin

X X

Housing Plastic ABS, front part black, back part yellow (RAL1021)

XXXX

Optical face Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass per device 70 g

XXXX

System components Ordering data

X X X X

Emitter

SL29-T/105/106

SL29-T/35/105/106 R=65m

SL29-T/35/73c R=65m

SL29-T/73c

Receiver

SL29-R/105/106

SL29-R/35/105/106 R=65m

SL29-R/35/73c R=65m

SL29-R/73c

SL29/...

• Test input (Type 2 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Protection degree IP67

• Operation on control units of series SC2-2

• Extended temperature range up to -35 °C with heated front panel

SL29/105/106

SL29/35/105/106 R=65M

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SL29/...

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

xSL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC2-2

Design with connector (Option /106)

24 V

0 V

24 V

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC2-2

Design with connector

0 V

Type code

Center of emitter

or receiver

Center of indicator LED red

Adjustment aid

(in receiver only)

Dovetail mount

LED yellow

switching state

LED green

operation indicator

Option /73c

M12x1

39.3

51.8

11 6

ø5.5

1624

14,8

54.3

25.8

9,8

5.2-0,2

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC2-2

Cable sockets

Option /73c:

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Option /105:

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

Option /116: no

Mounting aids

OMH-21

OMH-22

OMH-05

OMH-MLV11-K

Further accessories

Laser alignment aid

BA SLA28

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SL29/116

SL29/35/116 R=65m

SL29/106/116

SL29/35/106/116 R=65m

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X X

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 30 m

6 ... 65 m

X X

Threshold detection range

40 m

85 m

X X

Light source LED

XXXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking CE

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 30 mm

dynamic: 40 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Alignment aid LED red

X X X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 2

XXXX

Light type red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence < 10 °

XXXX

Series 29

X X X X

Operating display LED green

XXXX

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Ambient temperature

-20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X

-35 ... 55 °C (238 ... 328 K) with heated optical face, fixed voltage 24 V DC ± 20 %/50 mA

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

X X X X

Connection terminal compartment

XXXX

Housing Plastic ABS, front part black, back part yellow (RAL1021)

X X X X

Optical face Plastic pane

XXXX

Mass per device 70 g

X X X X

System components Ordering data

XXXX

Emitter

SL29-T/106/116

SL29-T/116

SL29-T/35/106/116 R=65m

SL29-T/35/116 R=65m

Receiver

SL29-R/106/116

SL29-R/116

SL29-R/35/106/116 R=65m

SL29-R/35/116 R=65m

SL29/.../116...

• Test input (Type 2 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Protection degree IP67

• Operation on control units of series SC2-2

• Extended temperature range up to -35 °C with heated front panel

SL29/106/116

SL29/35/106/116 R=65m

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SL29/.../116...

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 10203040506070

xSL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC2-2

Design with terminal compartment (Option /106)

0 V

24 V

0 V

24 V

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC2-2

Design with terminal compartment

0 V

SLA28/116

SL(A)29/116

Terminal compartment

cable cross section

ø6...8 mm

Display LED red

Adjustment aid

(in receiver only)

Center of optical

axis

Type code

Dovetail mount

LED yellow

Switching state

LED green

Operation indicator

Emitter Receiver

65.5

ø5.2-0.2

60.5

9.8

25.8

SW8

6211

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC2-2

Cable sockets

Option /73c:

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Option /105:

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

Option /116: no

Mounting aids

OMH-21

OMH-22

OMH-05

OMH-MLV11-K

Further accessories

Laser alignment aid

BA SLA28

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA29/105/106

SLA29/35/105/106 R=65m

SLA29/73c

SLA29/35/73c R=65m

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X X

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 30 m

6 ... 65 m

X X

Threshold detection range

40 m

85 m

X X

Light source LED

XXXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking CE

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 30 mm

dynamic: 40 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Alignment aid LED red in receiver

X X X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

XXXX

Light type red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence < 5 °

XXXX

Series 29

X X X X

Operating display LED green

XXXX

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Ambient temperature

-20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X

-35 ... 55 °C (238 ... 328 K) with heated optical face, fixed voltage 24 V DC ± 20 %/50 mA

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

X X X X

Connection

M12 connector, 4-pin

M12 connector, 5 pin

X X

Housing ABS plastic, RLA 1021 (yellow) painted

XXXX

Optical face Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass per device 70 g

XXXX

System components Ordering data

X X X X

Emitter

SLA29-T/105/106

SLA29-T/35/105/106 R=65m

SLA29-T/35/73c R=65m

SLA29-T/73c

Receiver

SLA29-R/105/106

SLA29-R/35/105/106 R=65m

SLA29-R/35/73c R=65m

SLA29-R/73c

SLA29/...

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Waterproof, protection class IP67

• Operation on control units of series SB4 (SafeBox) and SC4-2

• Extended temperature range up to -35 °C with heated front panel

SLA29/105/106

SLA29/35/105/106 R=65m

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA29/...

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

xSL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC4-2

Design with connector (Option /106)

24 V

0 V

24 V

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC4-2

Design with connector

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit

SafeBox module -4C(P) and -6C

Design with connector (Option /106)

receiver x +U

receiver x input

emitter x +U

emitter x

note: glass heater 24V at Pin2 and Pin5

24 V

0 V

24 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit

SafeBox module -4C(P) and -6C

Design with connector

receiver x +U

receiver x input

emitter x +U

emitter x

Type code

Center of emitter

or receiver

Center of indicator LED red

Adjustment aid

(in receiver only)

Dovetail mount

LED yellow

switching state

LED green

operation indicator

Option /73c

M12x1

39.3

51.8

11 6

ø5.5

1624

14,8

54.3

25.8

9,8

5.2-0,2

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC4-2

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets

Option /73c:

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Option /105:

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

Option /116: no

Mounting aids

OMH-21

OMH-22

OMH-05

OMH-MLV11-K

Further accessories

Laser alignment aid BA SLA28

Muting Set MS SLP/SLA28

Redirection mirror SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA29/116

SLA29/35/116 R=65m

SLA29/106/116

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 30 m

6 ... 65 m

Threshold detection range

40 m

85 m

Light source LED

XXX

Approvals TÜV

X X X

Tests IEC/EN 61496

XXX

Marking CE

X X X

Obstacle size static: 30 mm

dynamic: 40 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXX

Alignment aid LED red in receiver

X X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

XXX

Light type red, modulated light

X X X

Angle of divergence < 5 °

XXX

Series 29

X X X

Operating display LED green

XXX

Function display LED yellow:

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve)

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point

3. LED off: signal < switching point

X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXX

Ambient temperature

-20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X

-35 ... 55 °C (238 ... 328 K) with heated optical face, fixed voltage 24 V DC ± 20 %/50 mA

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXX

Protection degree IP67 according to EN 60529

X X X

Connection terminal compartment

XXX

Housing ABS plastic, RLA 1021 (yellow) painted

X X X

Optical face Plastic pane

XXX

Mass per device 70 g

X X X

System components Ordering data

XXX

Emitter

SLA29-T/106/116

SLA29-T/116

SLA29-T/35/116 R=65m

Receiver

SLA29-R/106/116

SLA29-R/116

SLA29-R/35/116 R=65m

SLA29/.../116...

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Integrated alignment aid

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Sturdy housing

• Waterproof, protection class IP67

• Operation on control units of series SB4 (SafeBox) and SC4-2

• Extended temperature range up to -35 °C with heated front panel

SLA29/106/116

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA29/.../116...

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 10203040506070

xSL(A)29/35...

SL(A)29...

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC4-2

Design with terminal compartment (Option /106)

0 V

24 V

0 V

24 V

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SC4-2

Design with terminal compartment

0 V

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit

SafeBox module -4C(P) and -6C

Design with terminal compartment

receiver x +U

receiver x input

emitter x

emitter x +U

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit

SafeBox module -4C(P) and -6C

Design with terminal compartment (Option /106)

receiver x +U

receiver x input

emitter x

emitter x +U

note: glass heater 24V at terminals GY

24 V

0 V

24 V

0 V

SLA28/116

SL(A)29/116

Terminal compartment

cable cross section

ø6...8 mm

Display LED red

Adjustment aid

(in receiver only)

Center of optical

axis

Type code

Dovetail mount

LED yellow

Switching state

LED green

Operation indicator

Emitter Receiver

65.5

ø5.2-0.2

60.5

9.8

25.8

SW8

6211

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SC4-2

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets

Option /73c:

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Option /105:

straight: V15-G-2M-PVC

V15-G-5M-PVC

V15-G-10M-PVC

angled: V15-W-2M-PVC

V15-W-5M-PVC

V15-W-10M-PVC

Option /116: no

Mounting aids

OMH-21

OMH-22

OMH-05

OMH-MLV11-K

Further accessories

Laser alignment aid BA SLA28

Muting Set MS SLP/SLA28

Redirection mirror SLA-1-M

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLA40

SLA40-2442/33 K=2m

SLA40/33 K=5m

SLA40/33 K=10m

SLA40-2442

SLA40/92

Construction type(S2) Rectangular type

X X X X X X

Effective detection range 0 ... 4 m

XXXXXX

Light source LED

X X X X X X

Approvals TÜV

XXXXXX

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X

Marking CE

XXXXXX

Obstacle size static: 10 mm dynamic: 30 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

X X X X X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

XXXXXX

Light type red, modulated light

X X X X X X

Angle of divergence < 5 °

XXXXXX

Series SLA

X X X X X X

Function display LED yellow/green in receiver:

off: Interruption

yellow: transmission

green: reception with sufficient stability control

XXXXXX

Pre-fault indication LED functional display yellow

X X X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXXXX

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

X X X X X X

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXXXX

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

IP67

X X

Connection

Fixed cable, 10 m; 0.25 mm

Fixed cable 2 m; 0.25 mm

X X

Fixed cable, 5 m; 0.25 mm

M12 connector, 4-pin

X X

Material

Housing aluminium pressure moulding, RLA 1021 (yellow) painted

X X X X X X

Optical face

Glass

XXXX

Plastic pane

X X

Mass Per 100 g

XXXXXX

System components

Emitter

SLA40-T

SLA40-T-2442

SLA40-T-2442 K=2m

SLA40-T/33 K=10m

SLA40-T/33 K=5m

SLA40-T/92

Receiver

SLA40-R

SLA40-R-2442

SLA40-R-2442 K=2m

SLA40-R/33 K=10m

SLA40-R/33 K=5m

SLA40-R/92

SLA40-...

• Detection range up to 4 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Clearly visible LED functional display and pre-fault indicator on the receiver

• Metal housing

• Connection via M12 connector or fixed cable

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

• Protection type IP67 optional

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety through beam sensor

For required control units refer to chapter „Control units“

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

SLA40-...

SLA40

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

01234567

SLA40

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0246810

SLA40

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with fixed cable

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

Emitter:

Receiver:

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

Design with connector plug

receiver 0 V

receiver +24 V

receiver x input

emitter 0 V

emitter x output

SLA40

SLA40/92

Emitter Receiver

(fixed cable)

(connector M12)

Light exit

Display LED

Light exit

Display LED

56.5

48.6

3.7

5.8

34.1

4.2 (3x)

22.6

13.6

M12x1

10.5

Safety through beam sensor

Control units

SB4 (SafeBox)

Cable sockets (only option /92)

straight: V1-G-2M-PVC

V1-G-5M-PVC

V1-G-10M-PVC

angled: V1-W-2M-PVC

V1-W-5M-PVC

V1-W-10M-PVC

System accessories

Mounting aids

OMH-40

Further accessories

Redirection mirror

SLA-1-M

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light grids

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light grids

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriers

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Operating

principle

Type code Number of beams Detection range Page

SLP8-2 20 m ... 8 m 46

SLP...-2 2 0 m ... 65 m 48

SLP...-3 30 m ... 65 m 50

SLP...-4 4 0 m ... 65 m 52

SLP Description

Safety light grids of type SLP combine with the control devices of series SafeBox into a

multi-beam photoelectronical protection device of category 4 (EN 954-1) or type 4 (according

to EN 61496). This is therefore a self-monitoring system.

A safety light grid consits of a sender SLP and a receiver SLP.

The safety light grids SLP, the control unit, muting sensors and other user-selectable safety

devices (e.g. E-stop) combine into a modular protection system.

Several safety light grids can be connected to a control unit. They can be mixed freely, but a

safety light grid must consist of a sender and receiver of the same type.

The supply voltage required for the safety light grid is provided by the control unit. The control

unit also triggers the sender and evaluates the signals transmitted by the receivers (e.g. light

beam interruption). Series SLP is available in different designs and ranges. Dependent on the

type of light grid used the range can be up to 65 m.

Protection from several directions can be achieved with the redirection mirrors of

series SLP-X-M.

Series SLP8-2 implements a 2 beam protection consisting of a transceiver (sender and

receiver in a single profile) and a mirror column. This layout means that the electrical connection is only necessary on one side.

Applications

Access and danger area protections for pallet systems, robots, wood processing machines, packaging machines, overhead

warehouse shelves and machine lines.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLP8-2

SLP8-2-L

Effective detection range 0.2 ... 8 m

X X

Number of beams 2

Beam spacing 500 mm

X X

Obstacle size static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Light source LED

X X

Light type red, modulated light

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X

Function display LED red: per receiver channel

off: Interruption

flashes: receiver

continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

Muting display

Indicator lamp

Pre-fault indication Functional display flashing

Operating display LED red in transceiver

X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

Protection class III

X X

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

Protection degree IP65

X X

Connection Cable screwed connection M16 ,

terminal compartment

Housing aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face Plastic pane

Mass Per 2100 g

X X

Connection options Further electrical connection options on request:

Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

System components

Transceiver

SLP8-2-A

SLP8-2-A-L

Mirror pillar SLP8-2-M

SLP8-2-.

• Detection range 8 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Red transmission light

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid

For required units refer to chapter „Control units“"

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories“

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP8-2-.

SLP8

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0123456789

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control

Unit

SafeBox Module 4X

Control

Unit

SafeBox Module 4X

Transceiver SLP8-2-A

Transceiver SLP8-2-A-L

muting lamp

muting lamp trigger

emitter x output

receiver x input

receiver +24 V

receiver 0 V

emitter x output

receiver x input

receiver +24 V

receiver 0 V

L-

0 V

L-

SB4

-4M

cable gland M16

Transceiver SLP8-2-A

Mirror SLP8-2-M

Status indicator

safety beam

Option -L with indicator lamp

(transceiver only)

indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Operation display

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid

• Control unit SafeBox

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Protective glass pieces for SLP (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Profile alignment aid

System accessories

• Laser alignment aid SLP

• Redirection mirror for multi-side protection of hazardous

areas

SLP-...-M

• Muting Set

MS SLP/SLA28

MS SLPCM

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLP10-2

SLP10-2-L

SLP30-2

SLP65-2

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

12 ... 65 m

6 ... 30 m

Number of beams 2

XXXX

Beam spacing 500 mm

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Light source LED

X X X X

Light type red, modulated light

XXXX

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X X X

Approvals TÜV

XXXX

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Marking CE

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X X X

Function display LED red: per receiver channel

off: Interruption

flashes: receiver

continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

Pre-fault indication Functional display flashing

XXXX

Operating display LED red in receiver

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Protection class III

X X X X

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

XXXX

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP65

X X X X

Connection Cable screwed connection M16 ,

terminal compartment

XXXX

Housing aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X

Optical face Plastic pane

XXXX

Mass Per 2100 g

X X X X

Connection options Further electrical connection options on request:

Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-2-T

SLP30-2-T

SLP65-2-T

Receiver

SLP10-2-R

SLP10-2-R-L

SLP30-2-R

SLP65-2-R

SLP..-2

• Detection range up to 65 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Red transmission light

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid

For required units refer to chapter „Control units“"

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories“

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP..-2

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

xSLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

10000

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLP (-L)

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

only with option -L

(indicator lamp)

emitter x output

emitter x+1 output

emitter 0 V

receiver x+1 input

receiver x input

receiver +24 V

receiver 0 V

0 V Muting lamp

Muting lamp trigger

R1R2 R3 R4

T1 T2 T3 T4

L-

L- L1

NC NC NC

SB4

-4M

SLP...-2

Emitter Receiver

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Cable gland M16

Operating display

Receiver

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

first beam

second beam

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid

• Control unit SafeBox

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Protective glass pieces for SLP (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Profile alignment aid

System accessories

• Laser alignment aid SLP

• Redirection mirror for multi-side protection of hazardous

areas

SLP-...-M

• Muting Set

MS SLP/SLA28

MS SLPCM

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLP10-3

SLP10-3-L

SLP30-3

SLP65-3

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

12 ... 65 m

6 ... 30 m

Number of beams 3

XXXX

Beam spacing 400 mm

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Light source LED

X X X X

Light type red, modulated light

XXXX

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X X X

Approvals TÜV

XXXX

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Marking CE

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X X X

Function display LED red: per receiver channel

off: Interruption

flashes: receiver

continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

Pre-fault indication Functional display flashing

XXXX

Operating display LED red in receiver

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Protection class III

X X X X

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

XXXX

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP65

X X X X

Connection Cable screwed connection M16 ,

terminal compartment

XXXX

Housing aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X

Optical face Plastic pane

XXXX

Mass Per 3200 g

X X X X

Connection options Further electrical connection options on request:

Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-3-T

SLP30-3-T

SLP65-3-T

Receiver

SLP10-3-R

SLP10-3-R-L

SLP30-3-R

SLP65-3-R

SLP..-3

• Detection range up to 65 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Red transmission light

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid

For required units refer to chapter „Control units“"

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories“

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP..-3

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

xSLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

10000

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLP (-L)

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

only with option -L

(indicator lamp)

emitter x output

emitter x+1 output

emitter x+2 output

emitter 0 V

receiver x+1 input

receiver x input

receiver x+2 input

receiver 24 V

receiver 0 V

0 V Muting lamp

Muting lamp trigger

R1R2 R3 R4

T1 T2 T3 T4

L-

L- L1

NC NC NC

SB4

-4M

SLP...-3

Option -L with indicator lamp

(in receiver only)

Cable gland M16

Operating display

Receiver

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

first beam

second beam

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

third beam

Emitter Receiver

33.5

936

90 400 400 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid

• Control unit SafeBox

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Protective glass pieces for SLP (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Profile alignment aid

System accessories

• Laser alignment aid SLP

• Redirection mirror for multi-side protection of hazardous

areas

SLP-...-M

• Muting Set

MS SLP/SLA28

MS SLPCM

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLP10-4

SLP10-4-L

SLP30-4

SLP65-4

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

12 ... 65 m

6 ... 30 m

Number of beams 4

XXXX

Beam spacing 300 mm

X X X X

Obstacle size static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Light source LED

X X X X

Light type red, modulated light

XXXX

Angle of divergence < 5 °

X X X X

Approvals TÜV

XXXX

Tests IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Marking CE

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

X X X X

Function display LED red: per receiver channel

off: Interruption

flashes: receiver

continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

Pre-fault indication Functional display flashing

XXXX

Operating display LED red in receiver

X X X X

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit

XXXX

Protection class III

X X X X

Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C (253 ... 333 K)

XXXX

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X X X

Relative humidity max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXX

Protection degree IP65

X X X X

Connection Cable screwed connection M16 ,

terminal compartment

XXXX

Housing aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X

Optical face Plastic pane

XXXX

Mass Per 3500 g

X X X X

Connection options Further electrical connection options on request:

Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-4-T

SLP30-4-T

SLP65-4-T

Receiver

SLP10-4-R

SLP10-4-R-L

SLP30-4-R

SLP65-4-R

SLP..-4

• Detection range up to 65 m

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Red transmission light

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Operation on control units of SB4 (SafeBox)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid

For required units refer to chapter „Control units“"

For suitable mounting aids and more refer to chapter „Accessories“

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP..-4

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

xSLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

10000

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP10

SLP30

SLP65

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLP (-L)

Control Unit SafeBox module 4X

only with option -L

(indicator lamp)

emitter x output

emitter x+1 output

emitter x+2 output

emitter x+3 output

emitter 0 V

receiver x+1 input

receiver x input

receiver x+2 input

receiver x+3 input

receiver 24 V

receiver 0 V

0 V Muting lamp

Muting lamp trigger

R1R2 R3 R4

L- L1

NC NC NC

T1 T2 T3 T4

L-

SB4

-4M

SLP...-4

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Cable gland M16

Operating display

Receiver

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

first beam

second beam

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

third beam

Emitter Receiver

fourth beam

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

1036

197

ø 57

Safety light grid

• Control unit SafeBox

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Protective glass pieces for SLP (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Profile alignment aid

System accessories

• Laser alignment aid SLP

• Redirection mirror for multi-side protection of hazardous

areas

SLP-...-M

• Muting Set

MS SLP/SLA28

MS SLPCM

Date of edition 17.05.2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light grids with internal control unit

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLP C

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light grids with internal control unit

Date of edition 17.05.2006

Safety light barriers

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Operating

principle

Type code Number of

beams

Feature Operating range Beginning

on page

SLC-2 2internal

control unit

0.2 m ... 20 m 56

SLC-3 3

SLC-4 4

SLC-2/133 2 internal

control unit

for explosive areas in zone

2 and 22

0.2 m ... 20 m 58

SLC-3/133 3

SLC-4/133 4

SLPC 8-2 2internal control unit 0.2 m ... 8 m 60

SLPC...2 2 internal control unit 0.2 m ... 65 m 62

SLPC...3 3 68

SLPC...4 4 74

SLPCM 8-2 2internal control unit, with

muting

0.2 m ... 8 m 80

SLPCM...2 2 internal control unit, with

muting

0.2 m ... 65 m 82

SLPCM...3 3 88

SLPCM...4 4 94

The safety light grids SLPC/SLP, SLPCM/SLP and SLC are electro-sensitive equipment

devices of category 4 (EN 954-1) or type 4 (according to IEC/EN 61496). They are

self-monitoring systems.

Description safety light grid SLC

The safety light grid of series SLC consists of a sender SLC-x and the corresponding receiver

from series SLC. No external control unit is required. All evaluation functions (e.g.

startup/restart lock, relay monitor) are integrated in the receiver of the SLC. The safety

outputs (OSSD) are designed as either semiconductor outputs with separated potential or

monitored forced NO contacts.

A cable connection between sender and receiver is not required. A protection from several

directions can be achieved with redirection mirrors of series SLP-x-M. Muting applications can

be implemented in combination with the control unit SafeBox. The protection category IP67

provides safe protection against harmful environmental impact.

Use in explosive areas

These devices can now also be used in explosive areas of zone 2 and zone 22 (option /133).

This also complies with the specification that only devices and protection systems approved in accordance with

Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) should be used in explosive areas.

Description SLPC

The safety light grid of series SLPC consists of a sender SLP and a corresponding receiver from series SLPC. No external

control unit is required. All evaluation functions (e.g. startup/restart lock, relay monitor) are integrated in the receiver of the

SLPC. The system is self-monitoring. The safety outputs (OSSD) are designed as either semiconductor outputs with separated

potential or monitored forced NO contacts.

Description SLPCM

The safety light grid of series SLPCM consists of a sender SLP and a corresponding receiver from series SLPCM. No external

control unit is required. All control functions, including for the operating modes muting and emergency muting, are integrated in

the receiver of the SLPCM. The system is self-monitoring. The safety outputs (OSSD) are designed as either semiconductor

outputs with separated potential or monitored forced NO contacts.

Applications

Access and danger area protections for pallet systems, robots, wood processing machines, packaging machines, overhead

warehouse shelves and machine lines.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC-2

SLC-3

SLC-4

SLC-2/31

SLC-3/31

SLC-4/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 20 m

X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, cULus

X X X X X X

Te s ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X

Obstacle size

50 mm

XXXXXX

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X

400 mm

500 mm

X X

Number of beams

234234

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXXXX

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

X X X X X X

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

XXXXXX

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off; LED green: OSSD on; LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

X X X X X X

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

XXXXXX

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

X X X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

XXX

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %) / 24 V AC (-20 %/+10 %)

X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: 100 mA , receiver 150 mA

X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X

Te s t i np u t

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXX

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

XXXXXX

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

X X X

50 V

XXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X

max. 2 A

XXX

Switch power

100 VA

X X X

Response time

10 ms

XXX

30 ms

X X X

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

XXXXXX

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

X X X X X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXXXX

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXX

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE, Plug connector

M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

X X X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X X X

Mass

Per [g]

210

300

345

210

300

345

Dimensions

Length of housing 1007 mm

X X

Length of housing 1157 mm

Length of housing 707 mm

X X

System components

Emitter

SLC-2-T

X X

SLC-3-T

SLC-4-T

X X

Receiver

SLC-2-R

SLC-2-R/31

SLC-3-R

SLC-3-R/31

SLC-4-R

SLC-4-R/31

SLC-...

• Detection range up to 20 m

• 2, 3, and 4-beam design

• Beam distance 300, 400 and 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

SLC-2/31

SLC-3/31

SLC-4/31

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Profile dimensions, front view

Additional information

SLC-...

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Offset Y [mm]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0246 8101214161820

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver (relay output) receiver (semiconductor output)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Test (input)

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) 0 V OSSD

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O n. c.

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O n. c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

87654321

123 4 5

575.3 (protective field height)

875.3 (protective field height)

975.3 (protective field height)

89.6

51.7

89.6

~ 35

1157

300300300139,6

101,7

~ 351007

400400

~ 35707

500

SLC-2SLC-3SLC-4

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

• Mounting set SLC

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to

protect the optically functional sur-

face)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Mirror 2, 3 or 4-beam for

SLC (for multi-side securing of haz-

ardous areas)

• Laser alignment aid BA SLC

System accessories • Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for ground pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC-2/133

SLC-3/133

SLC-4/133

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 20 m

X X X

Light source

IRED

XXX

Approvals

TÜV, cULus

X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXX

Marking

zone 2: ¬ II 3 G EEx nA II T4; Zone 22: ¬ II 3 D IP66 T 90°C

X X X

Obstacle size

50 mm

XXX

Beam spacing

300 mm

400 mm

500 mm

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXX

Series

SLC

X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

X X X

Protection class

III

XXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: 100 mA , receiver 150 mA

X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X

Test i np ut

Reset-input for system test

XXX

Function input

Start release

X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

XXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X

Response time

10 ms

XXX

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X

Length of housing

1010 mm

1157 mm

707 mm

Housing width

52 mm

X X X

Housing depth

55 mm

XXX

Protection degree

IP66

X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXX

Mass

Per 2100 g

Per 3000 g

Per 3450 g

System components

Emitter

SLC-2-T/133

SLC-3-T/133

SLC-4-T/133

SLC-./133

• ATEX-approval for zone 2 and zone 22

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

• Start/Restart disable

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Pre-fault indication

• Protection degree IP66

• Beam spacing 300 mm

SLC-4/133

• Beam spacing 400 mm

SLC-3/133

• Beam spacing 500 mm

SLC-2/133

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Profile dimensions, front view

Additional information

SLC-./133

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Offset Y [mm]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0246 8101214161820

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

SLC-2 / SLC-3 / SLC-4

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver (relay output) receiver (semiconductor output)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Test (input)

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) 0 V OSSD

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O n. c.

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O n. c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

87654321

123 4 5

Ground clamp

89.6

~ 35

1157

300300300139,6

~ 351007

400400

~ 35707

500

SLC-2SLC-3SLC-4

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

• Mounting set SLC

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to

protect the optically functional sur-

face)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Mirror 2, 3 or 4-beam for

SLC (for multi-side securing of haz-

ardous areas)

• Laser alignment aid BA SLC

System accessories • Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for ground pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC8-2

SLPC8-2/31

Focke Ident-No.

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 8 m

Light source

LED

X X

Approvals

TÜV

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

X X

Marking

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

X X

Beam spacing

500 mm

Number of beams

X X

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

X X

Light type

red, modulated light

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in transceiver terminal compartment

X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

Protection class

III

X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

Protection degree

IP65

X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X

Mass

Per 2300 g

System components

Transceiver

SLPC8-2-A

SLPC8-2-A/31

Mirror pillar

SLP8-2-M

SLPC8-2/..

• Detection range up to 8 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Minimum wiring expense due to transceiver with passive mirror column

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-2-M

System accessories

SLPC8-2/..

SLP8

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0123456789

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Transceiver SLPC8-2-A

Transceiver SLPC... (semiconductor output) Transceiver SLPC.../31 (relay output)

1 - Functional earth

2- 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cable gland M16

Transceiver SLPC8-2-A

Status indicator

safety beam

System status

indicator

Mirror SLP8-2-M

33.5

156 203

636

90 500 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC10-2

SLPC10-2/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 2300 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP10-2-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC10-2-R

SLPC10-2-R/31

SLPC10-2/..

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC10-2/..

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-2

T1-T4

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-2-T

beam 2

beam 1

Receiver SLPC...-2-R

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

Emitter SLP

33.5

156 203

636

90 500 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Sock-

Function

1 Transmitter channel

2 Transmitter channel

30 V

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC30-2

SLPC30-2/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 2300 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP30-2-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC30-2-R

SLPC30-2-R/31

SLPC30-2/..

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC30-2/..

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-2

T1-T4

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-2-T

beam 2

beam 1

Receiver SLPC...-2-R

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

Emitter SLP

33.5

156 203

636

90 500 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Sock-

Function

1 Transmitter channel

2 Transmitter channel

30 V

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC65-2

SLPC65-2/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 2300 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP65-2-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC65-2-R

SLPC65-2-R/31

SLPC65-2/..

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC65-2/..

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-2

T1-T4

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-2-T

beam 2

beam 1

Receiver SLPC...-2-R

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

Emitter SLP

33.5

156 203

636

90 500 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Sock-

Function

1 Transmitter channel

2 Transmitter channel

30 V

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC10-3

SLPC10-3/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 3400 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP10-3-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC10-3-R

SLPC10-3-R/31

SLPC10-3/..

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC10-3/..

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receicer SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - input, Relay monitor

10 - input, Start release

11 - input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-3

T1-T4

Receiver SLPC...-3-R

Emitter SLP...-3-T

Connector

Emitter SLP

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Cable gland M16

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

156 203

936

90 400 400 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC30-3

SLPC30-3/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 3400 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP30-3-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC30-3-R

SLPC30-3-R/31

SLPC30-3/..

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC30-3/..

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receicer SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - input, Relay monitor

10 - input, Start release

11 - input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-3

T1-T4

Receiver SLPC...-3-R

Emitter SLP...-3-T

Connector

Emitter SLP

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Cable gland M16

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

156 203

936

90 400 400 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC65-3

SLPC65-3/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

Protection degree

IP65

X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X

Mass

Per 3400 g

System components

Emitter

SLP65-3-T

Receiver

SLPC65-3-R

SLPC65-3-R/31

SLPC65-3/..

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC65-3/..

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receicer SLPC (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - input, Relay monitor

10 - input, Start release

11 - input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

SLPC...-3

T1-T4

Receiver SLPC...-3-R

Emitter SLP...-3-T

Connector

Emitter SLP

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Cable gland M16

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

156 203

936

90 400 400 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC10-4

SLPC10-4/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 3700 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP10-4-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC10-4-R

SLPC10-4-R/31

SLPC10-4/..

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC10-4/..

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semi-conductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (relay output)

1 - Fuctional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-Output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-Output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

T1-T4

SLPC...-4

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPC...-4-R

Connector

Emitter SLP

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

System status

indicator

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-4-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC30-4

SLPC30-4/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel

off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X

Protection degree

IP65

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

Mass

Per 3700 g

X X

System components

Emitter

SLP30-4-T

X X

Receiver

SLPC30-4-R

SLPC30-4-R/31

SLPC30-4/..

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC30-4/..

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semi-conductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (relay output)

1 - Fuctional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-Output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-Output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

T1-T4

SLPC...-4

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPC...-4-R

Connector

Emitter SLP

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

System status

indicator

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-4-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPC65-4

SLPC65-4/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X

Light source

LED

Approvals

TÜV

X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

Marking

X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm

dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X

Number of beams

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor,

Light type

red, modulated light

X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

X X

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

X X

Protection class

III

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X

Test i n pu t

Reset-input for system test

Function input

Relay monitor, start release

X X

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

Protection degree

IP65

X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X

Mass

Per 3700 g

System components

Emitter

SLP65-4-T

Receiver

SLPC65-4-R

SLPC65-4-R/31

SLPC65-4/..

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Socket assignment on the front side

of the device

Additional information

SLPC65-4/..

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPC

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPC (semi-conductor outputs) Receiver SLPC/31 (relay output)

1 - Fuctional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-Output, Soiled optics

13 - n.c.

14 - PNP-Output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-Output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

T1-T4

SLPC...-4

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPC...-4-R

Connector

Emitter SLP

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

System status

indicator

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror for multi-side

protection of hazardous areas

SLP-4-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM8-2

SLPCM8-2/31

SLPCM8-2-L

SLPCM8-2-L/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 8 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in transceiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for muting lamp, etc, muting sensors, lamp socket

for muting lamp, etc.

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 2300 g

XXXX

System components

Transceiver

SLPCM8-2-A

SLPCM8-2-A-L

SLPCM8-2-A-L/31

SLPCM8-2-A/31

Mirror pillar

SLP8-2-M

XXXX

SLPCM8-2-...

• Detection range up to 8 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Minimum wiring expense due to transceiver with passive mirror column

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Pre-fault indication

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM8-2-...

SLP8

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0123456789

SLP8

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0123456789

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Transceiver SLPCM... (semiconductor output) Transceiver SLPCM.../31 (Relay output)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5 - 5

6 - 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Meldung OSSD AUS

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

Transceiver SLPCM8-2-A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Muting

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Transceiver SLPCM8-2-A

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Status indicator

safety beam

Status indicator

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

Mirror SLP8-2-M

Option -L with indicator lamp

(transceiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1+ 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SPC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM10-2

SLPCM10-2/31

SLPCM10-2-L

SLPCM10-2-L/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 2300 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-2-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM10-2-R

SLPCM10-2-R-L

SLPCM10-2-R-L/31

SLPCM10-2-R/31

SLPCM10-2-...

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM10-2-...

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-2-R

Connector

emitter

Connectors

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

System status

indicator

Emitter SLP...-2-TOption -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

beam 2

beam 1

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM30-2

SLPCM30-2/31

SLPCM30-2-L

SLPCM30-2-L/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 2300 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP30-2-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM30-2-R

SLPCM30-2-R-L

SLPCM30-2-R-L/31

SLPCM30-2-R/31

SLPCM30-2-...

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM30-2-...

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-2-R

Connector

emitter

Connectors

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

System status

indicator

Emitter SLP...-2-TOption -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

beam 2

beam 1

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM65-2

SLPCM65-2/31

SLPCM65-2-L

SLPCM65-2-L/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

500 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 2300 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP65-2-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM65-2-R

SLPCM65-2-R-L

SLPCM65-2-R-L/31

SLPCM65-2-R/31

SLPCM65-2-...

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 2-Radial design

• Beam spacing 500 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM65-2-...

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-2-R

Connector

emitter

Connectors

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

System status

indicator

Emitter SLP...-2-TOption -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

beam 2

beam 1

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

33.5

636

90 500 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-2-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM10-3

SLPCM10-3/31

SLPCM10-3-L

SLPCM10-3-L/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3400 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-3-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM10-3-R

SLPCM10-3-R-L

SLPCM10-3-R-L/31

SLPCM10-3-R/31

SLPCM10-3-...

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM10-3-...

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

SLPCM...-3

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-3-R

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

Connector

Emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Emitter SLP...-3-T

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

936

90 400 400 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM30-3

SLPCM30-3/31

SLPCM30-3-L

SLPCM30-3-L/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3400 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP30-3-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM30-3-R

SLPCM30-3-R-L

SLPCM30-3-R-L/31

SLPCM30-3-R/31

SLPCM30-3-...

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM30-3-...

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

SLPCM...-3

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-3-R

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

Connector

Emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Emitter SLP...-3-T

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

936

90 400 400 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM65-3

SLPCM65-3/31

SLPCM65-3-L

SLPCM65-3-L/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

400 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3400 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP65-3-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM65-3-R

SLPCM65-3-R-L

SLPCM65-3-R-L/31

SLPCM65-3-R/31

SLPCM65-3-...

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 3-Radial design

• Beam spacing 400 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM65-3-...

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

SLPCM...-3

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

Cable gland M16

Receiver SLPCM...-3-R

Connector ext.

indicator lamp

Connector

Emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... MS4

Emitter SLP...-3-T

beam 2

beam 1

beam 3

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

Status indicator

of the system

33.5

936

90 400 400 46

197

ø 57

156 203

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

Socket Function

1+ 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLP

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-3-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM10-4

SLPCM10-4/31

SLPCM10-4-L

SLPCM10-4-L/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 10 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3700 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP10-4-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM10-4-R

SLPCM10-4-R-L

SLPCM10-4-R-L/31

SLPCM10-4-R/31

SLPCM10-4-...

• Detection range up to 10 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM10-4-...

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

0 5 10 15 20

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

0 2 4 6 8 1012141618

SLP10-x / SLPC10-x / SLPCM10-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPCM...-4-R

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

indicator lamp

Connector

emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... Ms4

SLPCM...-4

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLC

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-4-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM30-4

SLPCM30-4/31

SLPCM30-4-L

SLPCM30-4-L/31

Effective detection range

6 ... 30 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel, off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc.

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3700 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP30-4-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM30-4-R

SLPCM30-4-R-L

SLPCM30-4-R-L/31

SLPCM30-4-R/31

SLPCM30-4-...

• Detection range up to 30 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM30-4-...

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

010203040

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

10000

0 1020304050

SLP30-x / SLPC30-x / SLPCM30-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.4

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPCM...-4-R

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

indicator lamp

Connector

emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... Ms4

SLPCM...-4

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLC

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-4-M

System accessories

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code:

Sicherheits-Lichtschranken

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter

Sicherheits-Lichtgitter mit

interner Auswerteeinheit

Sicherheits-Lichtvorhänge

Auswertegeräte Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grigs with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLPCM65-4

SLPCM65-4/31

SLPCM65-4-L

SLPCM65-4-L/31

Effective detection range

12 ... 65 m

X X X X

Light source

LED

XXXX

Approvals

TÜV

X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXX

Marking

X X X X

Obstacle size

static: 32 mm, dynamic: 50 mm (at v = 1.6 m/s of the obstacle)

XXXX

Beam spacing

300 mm

X X X X

Number of beams

XXXX

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X

Operating mode

Start/restart disable, relay monitor, muting operating modes

XXXX

Light type

red, modulated light

X X X X

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

XXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display

X X X X

Function display

LED red: per receiver channel off: interruption, flashes: receiver, continuously on: reception with sufficient stability control

on the front plate: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: types of muting operation

XXXX

Muting display

Indicator lamp

X X

Pre-fault indication

LED red next to receiver flashes

XXXX

Operating elements

10 DIP switch in receiver terminal compartment

X X X X

Operating voltage

24 V DC -15 % / +25 % , electrically isolated

XXXX

Protection class

III

X X X X

No-load supply current

max. 250 mA

XXXX

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

X X X X

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

XXXX

Test input

Reset-input for system test

X X X X

Function input

Relay monitor, start release, muting sensors (max. 4)

XXXX

Output of the pre-fault indication

1 PNP, +UB -2 V, max. 300 mA

X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

X X

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for startup readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp, signals in parallel in the lamp socket

X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

20 ... 60 V DC, 12 ... 25 V AC rms

X X

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

0.01 ... 2 A

X X

Switch power

100 VA

Response time

20 ms

X X

40 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

X X X X

Storage temperature

-20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

XXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X

Protection degree

IP65

XXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage-terminals, M12-connector for emitter, muting lamp as well as other muting

sensors

X X

Cable screwed connection M16 , terminal compartment with cage terminals, M12 connector for transmitters, muting lamp, etc., muting sen-

sors, lamp socket for muting lamp, etc

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, emitter: 6-pin+PE, receiver: 11-pin+PE

X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X

Mass

Per 3700 g

XXXX

System components

Emitter

SLP65-4-T

XXXX

Receiver

SLPCM65-4-R

SLPCM65-4-R-L

SLPCM65-4-R-L/31

SLPCM65-4-R/31

SLPCM65-4-...

• Detection range up to 65 m

• 4-Radial design

• Beam spacing 300 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Red transmission light

• Usable with or without start/restart disable

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Integrated relay monitor

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• OSSD outputs as semiconductor or relay outputs

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories“.

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Indicator lamp control

Additional information

Socket Function

1 OSSD on

2 OSSD off

30 V

4 Readiness for startup

5 Muting (monitored)

SLPCM65-4-...

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 10203040506070

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

SLP65-x / SLPC65-x / SLPCM65-x

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.5

1.5

2.5

0 10203040506070

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter SLP

Receiver SLPCM

T1 - Emitter channel 1

T2 - Emitter channel 2

T3 - Emitter channel 3

T4 - Emitter channel 4

-0 V

Receiver SLPCM (semiconductor outputs) Receiver SLPCM/31 (Relay outputs)

1 - Functional earth

2 - 0 V

3 - 24 V

4 - n.c. 4

5- 5

6- 6

7 - OSSD 1 7

8 - OSSD 2 8

9 - Input, Relay monitor

10 - Input, Start release

11 - Input, Reset

12 - PNP-output, Soiled optics

13 - PNP-output, Muting lamp

14 - PNP-output, Startup readiness

15 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD OFF

16 - PNP-output, Indicator OSSD ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T5 T6 T7 T8

T1 T2 T3 T4

Muting

T1-T4

MS3

MS4

MS1

MS2

beam 4

beam 3

beam 2

beam 1

Cable gland M16

Emitter SLP...-4-T Receiver SLPCM...-4-R

Status indicator

of the system

Connector

indicator lamp

Connector

emitter

Connector

muting sensors

MS1 ... Ms4

SLPCM...-4

Option -L with indicator lamp

(receiver only)

Indicator

lamp

topmost

beam

Status indicator

of the particular

safety beam

156 203

33.5

1036

90 300 300 300 46

197

ø 57

Safety light grid with integrated control unit

T1 - T4 transmitter control

Muting sensor inputs MS1 - MS4

Socket Function

1 Transmitter channel 1

2 Transmitter channel 2

30 V

4 Transmitter channel 3

5 Transmitter channel 4

Socket Function

1 + 24 V

30 V

4 Sensor signal

• Mounting set MS SLC

• Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC

• Laser alignment aid BA SLP

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

• Redirection mirror SLP-4-M

System accessories

100

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light curtains

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC

101

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Safety light curtains

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriers

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Operating

principle Type Function Resolution Protection field

height Operating range Page

(Option /133)

SLC14-... with semiconductor output

14 mm

finger protection

up to 1800 mm

0.2 m ... 5 m

102

SLC14-.../31 with relay output 104

SLC14-...-S slave component up to 750 mm 106

SLC30-... with semiconductor output

30 mm

hand protection

up to 1800 mm

0.2 m ... 15 m

108

SLC30-.../31 with relay output 110

SLC30-...-S slave component up to 1650 mm 112

SLC60-... with semiconductor output

60 mm

bypass

protection

up to 1800 mm 0.2 m ... 15 m

114

SLC60-.../31 with relay output 116

SLC60-...-S slave component 118

SLC90-... with semiconductor output

90 mm

bypass

protection

up to 1800 mm 0.2 m ... 15 m

120

SLC90-.../31 with relay output 122

SLC90-...-S slave component 124

SLC light curtain description

The safety light curtain SLC consists of a sender and receiver unit forming an photoelectronic

protection device of category 4 (EN 954-1) or type 4 (according to IEC/EN 61496). It is a

self-monitoring system.

The protective field is created by infrared light beams. The minimum resolution of an object

to be safely detected within the whole protective field area depends on the distance between

the individual light beams. Resolutions of 14 mm, 30 mm, 60 mm and 90 mm are available.

The detection capability can thus be adapted to the most varied applications. Depending on

the degree of resolution ranges up to 15 m and protective field heights up to 1800 mm can be

achieved. Higher protective fields upon request.

All evaluation functions (e.g. startup/restart lock) are integrated in the receiver of the SLC.

There is no need for an electrical connection between sender and receiver. The safety

outputs (OSSD) in the receiver are either semiconductor outputs with separated potential or

monitored forced NO contacts.

In addition to the typcial sender/receiver configuration master/slave combinations can also be

installed. This means that one or two sender slaves can be allocated to each sender master

and one or two receiver slaves to each receiver master. This makes it possible to implement

parallel horizontal and vertical layouts. The resolution between master and slaves may differ. The sum of the protection beams

of master and slaves must not exceed the maximum number of 96.

A protection from several directions can be achieved with mirrors of the series SLC-XXX-M.

Muting applications can be implemented in combination with the control unit SafeBox.

The protection category IP67 ensures safe protection against harmful environmental impact.

Use in explosive areas

These devices can also be used in explosive areas of zone 2 and zone 22 (option /133).

This also complies with the specification that only devices and protection systems approved in accordance with

Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) should be used in explosive areas.

Applications

The safety light curtain SLC can, for example, be used to protect entry points to danger areas e.g. automatic handling machines,

robots, and welding or assembly lines. A vertical/horizontal hazard protection can, for example, provide for a combined reach

and bypass protection.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

102

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC14-150

SLC14-300

SLC14-450

SLC14-600

SLC14-750

SLC14-900

SLC14-1050/130

SLC14-1200/130

SLC14-1350/130

SLC14-1500/130

SLC14-1650/130

SLC14-1800/130

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 5 m

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 5 m

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 16501800

Number of beams

16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical resolution

14 mm

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on[cr]LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXXXXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Test input

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Response time

[ms]

10 14 18 22 26 30 22 25 28 31 34 36

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860 1010116013101460 1610 17601910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 ,terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651

Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE, Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200 1650 210025503000345039004350 480052505700

System components

Emitter

SLC 14 - 1050 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1200 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1350 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1500 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1650 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1800 -T/ 130

SLC14-150-T

SLC14-300-T

SLC14-450-T

SLC14-600-T

SLC14-750-T

SLC14-900-T

Receiver

SLC 14 - 1050 -R/ 130

SLC 14 - 1200 -R/ 130

SLC 14 - 1350 -R/ 130

SLC 14 - 1500 -R/ 130

SLC 14 - 1650 -R/ 130

SLC 14 - 1800 -R/ 130

SLC14-150-R

SLC14-300-R

SLC14-450-R

SLC14-600-R

SLC14-750-R

SLC14-900-R

SLC14-...

• Detection range up to 5 m

• Resolution 14 mm (finger protection)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

103

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC14-...

SLC14

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

160

02468

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

012345678

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

Terminal Emitter Receiver SLC...-R (semiconductor output) Receiver SLC...-R/129 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 Test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 0 V OSSD 0 V OSSD

X1:4 24 V OSSD 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board n.c. n.c.

X2:4 n.c. n.c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restart interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

104

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC14-150/31

SLC14-300/31

SLC14-450/31

SLC14-600/31

SLC14-750/31

SLC14-900/31

SLC14-1050/31/130

SLC14-1200/31/130

SLC14-1350/31/130

SLC14-1500/31/130

SLC14-1650/31/130

SLC14-1800/31/130

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 5 m

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 5 m

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 150016501800

Number of beams

16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical resolution

14 mm

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on,LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %) / 24 V AC (-20 %/+10 %)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXXXXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Test input

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Safety output

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Switching voltage

50 V

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Switching current

max. 2 A

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Switch power

100 VA

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Response time

[ms]

30 34 38 42 46 50 42 45 48 51 54 56

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860 1010 1160 1310 1460 161017601910

Protection degree

IP67

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20, terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651

Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE, Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200 1650210025503000 3450 3900 4350 480052505700

System components

Emitter

SLC 14 - 1050 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1200 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1350 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1500 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1650 -T/ 130

SLC 14 - 1800 -T/ 130

SLC14-150-T

SLC14-300-T

SLC14-450-T

SLC14-600-T

SLC14-750-T

SLC14-900-T

Receiver

SLC 14 - 1050 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC 14 - 1200 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC 14 - 1350 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC 14 - 1500 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC 14 - 1650 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC 14 - 1800 -R/ 31 / 130

SLC14-150-R/31

SLC14-300-R/31

SLC14-450-R/31

SLC14-600-R/31

SLC14-.../31/...

• Detection range up to 5 m

• Resolution 14 mm (finger protection)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

• Very short response time

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

105

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC14-.../31/...

SLC14

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

160

02468

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

012345678

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver SLC...-R/31 (relay output) receiver SLC...-R/31 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) OSSD2.2 (output)

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) OSSD1.2 (output)

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2.1 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1.1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O 24 V reference potential for I/O

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O 0 V reference potential for I/O

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restar interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

106

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC14-150-S

SLC14-300-S

SLC14-450-S

SLC14-600-S

SLC14-750-S

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 5 m

X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X

Test s

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXX

Marking

X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 5 m

XXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750

Number of beams

16 32 48 64 80

Safety category according to IEC/EN

61496

X X X X X

Operating mode

in the master device

XXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X

Optical resolution

14 mm

XXXXX

Angle of divergence

[klein] 5 °

X X X X X

Operating display

in the master device

XXXXX

Diagnosis display

in the master device

X X X X X

Function display

in the master device

XXXXX

Pre-fault indication

in the master device

X X X X X

Operating elements

in the master device

XXXXX

Operating voltage

from master

X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXX

No-load supply current

from master

X X X X X

Test i np ut

in the master device

XXXXX

Function input

in the master device

X X X X X

Safety output

in the master device

XXXXX

Signal output

in the master device

X X X X X

Response time

depends on height of protective field

XXXXX

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 ,[cr]terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section

max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200 1650 2100 2550

System components

Emitter

SLC14-150-T-S

SLC14-300-T-S

SLC14-450-T-S

SLC14-600-T-S

SLC14-750-T-S

Receiver

SLC14-150-R-S

SLC14-300-R-S

SLC14-450-R-S

SLC14-600-R-S

SLC14-750-R-S

SLC14-...-S

• Detection range up to 5 m

• Resolution 14 mm (finger protection)

• Protection field height up to 750 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

(Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

107

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC14-...-S

SLC14

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

120

140

160

02468

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

012345678

SLC14

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0123456

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Slave Master

Remove cap

Remove

jumper

Insert circuit

board and

screw it

Slave Master

Height of the protected area + 107 28

L + 64

L ~ 540

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

108

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC30-150

SLC30-300

SLC30-450

SLC30-600

SLC30-750

SLC30-900

SLC30-1200

SLC30-1350

SLC30-1500

SLC30-1650

SLC30-1800

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXXXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X X X X X X

Te s ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXXXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXXXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750 900 12001350 1500 1650 1800

Number of beams

8 16243240486472808896

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXXXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical resolution

30 mm

XXXXXXXXXXX

Angle of divergence

[klein] 5 °

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXXXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXXXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXXXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

X X X X X X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXXXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXXXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X X X X X X

Te s t inp ut

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXXXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X X X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXXXXXXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X X X X X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

XXXXXXXXXXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X X X X X X X X X

Response time

[ms]

10 10 12 14 16 18 22 24 26 28 30

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X X X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXXXXXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860 101013101460 1610 1760 1910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXXXXXXX

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirsch-

mann, 6-pin+PE, Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

X X X X X X X X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXXXXXXXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X X X X X X X X

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200 1650 2100 25503000390043504800 5250 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC30-1200-T

SLC30-1350-T

SLC30-150-T

SLC30-1500-T

SLC30-1650-T

SLC30-1800-T

SLC30-300-T

SLC30-450-T

SLC30-600-T

SLC30-750-T

SLC30-900-T

Receiver

SLC30-1200-R

SLC30-1350-R

SLC30-150-R

SLC30-1500-R

SLC30-1650-R

SLC30-1800-R

SLC30-300-R

SLC30-450-R

SLC30-600-R

SLC30-750-R

SLC30-900-R

SLC30-...

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 30 mm (hand protection)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree

IP66 (Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

109

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC30-...

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

Terminal Emitter Receiver SLC...-R (semiconductor output) Receiver SLC...-R/129 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 Test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 0 V OSSD 0 V OSSD

X1:4 24 V OSSD 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board n.c. n.c.

X2:4 n.c. n.c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restart interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

110

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC30-150/31

SLC30-300/31

SLC30-450/31

SLC30-600/31

SLC30-750/31

SLC30-900/31

SLC30-1050/31

SLC30-1200/31

SLC30-1350/31

SLC30-1500/31

SLC30-1650/31

SLC30-1800/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750 900 10501200 1350 1500 1650 1800

Number of beams

8 1624324048566472808896

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical resolution

30 mm

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Angle of divergence

[klein] 5 °

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver:[cr]LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on,LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %) / 24 V AC (-20 %/+10 %)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXXXXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Test input

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Safety output

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Switching voltage

50 V

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Switching current

max. 2 A

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Switch power

100 VA

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Response time

[ms]

30 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860 101011601310 1460 1610 1760 1910

Protection degree

IP67

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20,terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin,Plug connector DIN 43 651

Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE,Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXXXXXXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200 1650 2100 2550 300034503900 4350 4800 5250 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC30-1050-T

SLC30-1200-T

SLC30-1350-T

SLC30-150-T

SLC30-1500-T

SLC30-1650-T

SLC30-1800-T

SLC30-300-T

SLC30-450-T

SLC30-600-T

SLC30-750-T

SLC30-900-T

Receiver

SLC30-1050-R/31

SLC30-1200-R/31

SLC30-1350-R/31

SLC30-150-R/31

SLC30-1500-R/31

SLC30-1650-R/31

SLC30-1800-R/31

SLC30-300-R/31

SLC30-450-R/31

SLC30-600-R/31

SLC30-750-R/31

SLC30-900-R/31

SLC30-.../31

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 30 mm (hand protection)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

111

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC30-.../31

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver SLC...-R/31 (relay output) receiver SLC...-R/31 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) OSSD2.2 (output)

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) OSSD1.2 (output)

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2.1 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1.1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O 24 V reference potential for I/O

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O 0 V reference potential for I/O

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restar interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

112

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC30-150-S

SLC30-300-S

SLC30-450-S

SLC30-600-S

SLC30-750-S

SLC30-900-S

SLC30-1050-S

SLC30-1200-S

SLC30-1350-S

SLC30-1500-S

SLC30-1650-S

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXXXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXXXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXXXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 135015001650

Number of beams

8 16243240485664728088

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating mode

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical resolution

30 mm

XXXXXXXXXXX

Angle of divergence

[klein] 5 °

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating display

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Diagnosis display

in the master device

X X X X X X X X X X X

Function display

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

in the master device

X X X X X X X X X X X

Operating elements

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Operating voltage

from master

X X X X X X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXXXXXXX

No-load supply current

from master

X X X X X X X X X X X

Test input

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Function input

in the master device

X X X X X X X X X X X

Safety output

in the master device

XXXXXXXXXXX

Signal output

in the master device

X X X X X X X X X X X

Response time

depends on height of protective field

XXXXXXXXXXX

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X X X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXXXXXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

260 410 560 710 860 10101160 1310 146016101760

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 ,[cr]terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXXXXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X X X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXXXXXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

750 1200165021002550 3000 3450 3900 435048005250

System components

Emitter

SLC30-1050-T-S

SLC30-1200-T-S

SLC30-1350-T-S

SLC30-150-T-S

SLC30-1500-T-S

SLC30-1650-T-S

SLC30-300-T-S

SLC30-450-T-S

SLC30-600-T-S

SLC30-750-T-S

SLC30-900-T-S

Receiver

SLC30-1050-R-S

SLC30-1200-R-S

SLC30-1350-R-S

SLC30-150-R-S

SLC30-1500-R-S

SLC30-1650-R-S

SLC30-300-R-S

SLC30-450-R-S

SLC30-600-R-S

SLC30-7500-R-S

SLC30-900-R-S

SLC30-...-S

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 30 mm (hand protection)

• Protection field height up to 1650 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

(Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

113

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC30-...-S

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Slave Master

Remove cap

Remove

jumper

Insert circuit

board and

screw it

Slave Master

Height of the protected area + 107 28

L + 64

L ~ 540

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

114

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC60-300

SLC60-600

SLC60-900

SLC60-1200

SLC60-1500

SLC60-1800

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

300 600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 1624324048

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X

Optical resolution

60 mm

XXXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X

Test input

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

XXXXXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X X X X

Response time

[ms]

10 10 12 14 16 18

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

410 710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 ,[cr]terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXX

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE,

Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

X X X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X X X

Mass

Per [g]

1200 2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC60-1200-T

SLC60-1500-T

SLC60-1800-T

SLC60-300-T

SLC60-600-T

SLC60-900-T

Receiver

SLC60-1200-R

SLC60-1500-R

SLC60-1800-R

SLC60-300-R

SLC60-600-R

SLC60-900-R

SLC60-...

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 60 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

115

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC60-...

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

Terminal Emitter Receiver SLC...-R (semiconductor output) Receiver SLC...-R/129 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 Test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 0 V OSSD 0 V OSSD

X1:4 24 V OSSD 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board n.c. n.c.

X2:4 n.c. n.c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restart interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

116

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC60-300/31

SLC60-600/31

SLC60-900/31

SLC60-1200/31

SLC60-1500/31

SLC60-1800/31

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X

Tes ts

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

300 600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 1624324048

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X

Optical resolution

60 mm

XXXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X X

Function display

in receiver:LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %) / 24 V AC (-20 %/+10 %)

X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X X

Test input

Reset-input for system test

XXXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X X

Safety output

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

XXXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X X

Switching voltage

50 V

XXXXXX

Switching current

max. 2 A

X X X X X X

Switch power

100 VA

XXXXXX

Response time

[ms]

30 30 32 34 36 38

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

XXXXXX

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

X X X X X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXXXX

Length of housing L

[mm]

410 710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

XXXXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

X X X X X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE Plug

connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

XXXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

1200 2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC60-1200-T

SLC60-1500-T

SLC60-1800-T

SLC60-300-T

SLC60-600-T

SLC60-900-T

Receiver

SLC60-1200-R/31

SLC60-1500-R/31

SLC60-1800-R/31

SLC60-300-R/31

SLC60-600-R/31

SLC60-900-R/31

SLC60-.../31

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 60 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

117

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC60-.../31

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver SLC...-R/31 (relay output) receiver SLC...-R/31 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) OSSD2.2 (output)

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) OSSD1.2 (output)

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2.1 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1.1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O 24 V reference potential for I/O

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O 0 V reference potential for I/O

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restar interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

118

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC60-300-S

SLC60-600-S

SLC60-900-S

SLC60-1200-S

SLC60-1500-S

SLC60-1800-S

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X X

Test s

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXXX

Marking

X X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

300 600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 1624324048

Safety category according to IEC/EN

61496

X X X X X X

Operating mode

in the master device

XXXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X X

Optical resolution

60 mm

XXXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X X

Operating display

in the master device

XXXXXX

Diagnosis display

in the master device

X X X X X X

Function display

in the master device

XXXXXX

Pre-fault indication

in the master device

X X X X X X

Operating elements

in the master device

XXXXXX

Operating voltage

from master

X X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXXX

No-load supply current

from master

X X X X X X

Test i np ut

in the master device

XXXXXX

Function input

in the master device

X X X X X X

Safety output

in the master device

XXXXXX

Signal output

in the master device

X X X X X X

Response time

depends on height of protective field

XXXXXX

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

410 710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

1200 2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC60-1200-T-S

SLC60-1500-T-S

SLC60-1800-T-S

SLC60-300-T-S

SLC60-600-T-S

SLC60-900-T-S

Receiver

SLC60-1200-R-S

SLC60-1500-R-S

SLC60-1800-R-S

SLC60-300-R-S

SLC60-600-R-S

SLC60-900-R-S

SLC60-...-S

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 60 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

(Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

119

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC60-...-S

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Slave Master

Remove cap

Remove

jumper

Insert circuit

board and

screw it

Slave Master

Height of the protected area + 107 28

L + 64

L ~ 540

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

120

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC90-600

SLC90-900

SLC90-1200

SLC90-1500

SLC90-1800

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXX

Marking

X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 12162024

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X

Optical resolution

90 mm

XXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %)

X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X

Test in pu t

Reset-input for system test

XXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X

Safety output

2 separated fail safe semiconductor outputs

XXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X

Switching voltage

Operating voltage -2 V

XXXXX

Switching current

max. 0.5 A

X X X X X

Response time

10 ms

XXX

11 ms

12 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXX

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE,

Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

X X X X X

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

XXXXX

Optical face

Plastic pane

X X X X X

Mass

Per [g]

2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC90-1200-T

SLC90-1500-T

SLC90-1800-T

SLC90-600-T

SLC90-900-T

Receiver

SLC90-1200-R

SLC90-1500-R

SLC90-1800-R

SLC90-600-R

SLC90-900-R

SLC90-...

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 90 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

(Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

121

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC90-...

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

Terminal Emitter Receiver SLC...-R (semiconductor output) Receiver SLC...-R/129 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 Test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 0 V OSSD 0 V OSSD

X1:4 24 V OSSD 24 V OSSD

X1:5 OSSD2 (output) OSSD2 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1 (output) OSSD1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V DC 0 V DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board n.c. n.c.

X2:4 n.c. n.c.

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restart interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

122

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC90-600/31

SLC90-900/31

SLC90-1200/31

SLC90-1500/31

SLC90-1800/31

Effective detection range3

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X

Tests

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXX

Marking

X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 12162024

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496

X X X X X

Operating mode

can be selected with or without start/restart disable

XXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X

Optical resolution

90 mm

XXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X

Operating display

7-segment display in emitter

XXXXX

Diagnosis display

7-segment display in receiver

X X X X X

Function display

in receiver: LED red: OSSD off, LED green: OSSD on, LED yellow: Protected area free, system start-ready

XXXXX

Pre-fault indication

LED orange

X X X X X

Operating elements

switch for start/restart disable, transmission coding

XXXXX

Operating voltage

24 V DC (-30 %/+25 %) / 24 V AC (-20 %/+10 %)

X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXX

No-load supply current

Emitter: ≤ 100 mA receiver: ≤ 150 mA

X X X X X

Activation current

approx. 10 mA

XXXXX

Activation time

0.03 ... 1 s

X X X X X

Test in pu t

Reset-input for system test

XXXXX

Function input

Start release

X X X X X

Safety output

2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

XXXXX

Signal output

1 PNP each, max. 100 mA for start readiness and OSSD status

X X X X X

Switching voltage

50 V

XXXXX

Switching current

max. 2 A

X X X X X

Switch power

100 VA

XXXXX

Response time

30 ms

X X X

31 ms

32 ms

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

XXXXX

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

X X X X X

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

XXXXX

Length of housing L

[mm]

710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

XXXXX

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

X X X X X

Connection options

Further electrical connection options on request: Plug connector M12, 8-pin, Plug connector DIN 43 651 Hirschmann, 6-pin+PE,

Plug connector M26x11 Hirschmann, 11-pin+PE

XXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC90-1200-T

SLC90-1500-T

SLC90-1800-T

SLC90-600-T

SLC90-900-T

Receiver

SLC90-1200-R/31

SLC90-1500-R/31

SLC90-1800-R/31

SLC90-600-R/31

SLC90-900-R/31

SLC90-.../31

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 90 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with relay monitor (Option 129)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

123

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC90-.../31

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Emitter: Receiver:

terminal emitter receiver SLC...-R/31 (relay output) receiver SLC...-R/31 (Relay monitor)

X1:1 Functional earth Functional earth Functional earth

X1:2 test (input) Relay monitor

X1:3 OSSD2.2 (output) OSSD2.2 (output)

X1:4 OSSD1.2 (output) OSSD1.2 (output)

X1:5 OSSD2.1 (output) OSSD2.1 (output)

X1:6 OSSD1.1 (output) OSSD1.1 (output)

X1:7 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC 0 V AC/DC

X1:8 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC

X2:1 Start release (output) Start release (output)

X2:2 Status OSSD (output) Status OSSD (output)

X2:3 Not placed on board 24 V reference potential for I/O 24 V reference potential for I/O

X2:4 0 V reference potential for I/O 0 V reference potential for I/O

x2:5 Startup readiness (input) Startup readiness (input)

S1: Beam coding S1/S2: Startup/restar interlock

S3: Beam coding

S1 S1 S2 S3

X1 X1

8765432187654321

123 4 5

Housing length

Height of the protected area

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

124

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Ordering code

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

SLC90-600-S

SLC90-900-S

SLC90-1200-S

SLC90-1500-S

SLC90-1800-S

Effective detection range

0.2 ... 15 m

X X X X X

Light source

IRED

XXXXX

Approvals

TÜV, UL

X X X X X

Test s

IEC/EN 61496

XXXXX

Marking

X X X X X

Width of protected area

0.2 ... 15 m

XXXXX

Height of the protected area

[mm]

600 900 1200 1500 1800

Number of beams

8 12162024

Safety category according to IEC/EN

61496

X X X X X

Operating mode

in the master device

XXXXX

Light type

infrared, modulated light

X X X X X

Optical resolution

90 mm

XXXXX

Angle of divergence

< 5 °

X X X X X

Operating display

in the master device

XXXXX

Diagnosis display

in the master device

X X X X X

Function display

in the master device

XXXXX

Pre-fault indication

in the master device

X X X X X

Operating elements

in the master device

XXXXX

Operating voltage

from master

X X X X X

Protection class

III

XXXXX

No-load supply current

from master

X X X X X

Test i np ut

in the master device

XXXXX

Function input

in the master device

X X X X X

Safety output

in the master device

XXXXX

Signal output

in the master device

X X X X X

Response time

depends on height of protective field

XXXXX

Ambient temperature

0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K)

X X X X X

Storage temperature

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K)

XXXXX

Relative humidity

max. 95 %, not condensing

X X X X X

Length of housing L

[mm]

710 1010 1310 1610 1910

Protection degree

IP67

X X X X X

Connection

Cable screwed connection M20 , terminal compartment with screw terminals, lead cross-section max. 1.5 mm2

XXXXX

Housing

aluminium extruded structural profile, RAL 1021 (yellow) coated

X X X X X

Optical face

Plastic pane

XXXXX

Mass

Per [g]

2100 3000 3900 4800 5700

System components

Emitter

SLC90-1200-T-S

SLC90-1500-T-S

SLC90-1800-T-S

SLC90-600-T-S

SLC90-900-T-S

Receiver

SLC90-1200-R-S

SLC90-1500-R-S

SLC90-1800-R-S

SLC90-600-R-S

SLC90-900-R-S

SLC90-...-S

• Detection range up to 15 m

• Resolution 90 mm (protection against access from the rear)

• Protective field height up to 1800 mm

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Master/Slave detection, Plug and Play

• Start/Restart disable

• Protection degree IP67

• Integrated function display

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD in potential-separated semiconductor design or with

monitored, compelled connection NC-contacts

• Optional with ATEX certificates for zone 2 and 22 and protection degree IP66

(Option 133)

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light curtain

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

125

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Diagrams

Electrical connection

Dimensions

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SLC90-...-S

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Offset Y [mm]

Distance X [m]

Characteristic response curve

100

150

200

250

300

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Stability control

Relative received light strength

100

1000

0 5 10 15 20 25

SLC30 / SLC60 / SLC90

Distance X [m]

Lateral interval to mirroring surfaces

Minimum interval [m]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0246810121416

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Slave Master

Remove cap

Remove

jumper

Insert circuit

board and

screw it

Slave Master

Height of the protected area + 107 28

L + 64

L ~ 540

Safety light curtain

• Mounting set SLC

• Test rods SLC14/SLC30/SLC60

• Protective glass pieces for SLC (to protect the optically

functional surface)

• Lateral screwed connection SLC

• Profile alignment aid

• Laser alignment aid SLC

• Mirror for SLC (for securing hazardous areas on multiple

sides)

• Ground pillar UC SLP/SLC

System accessories

• Housing for pillar

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

• Collision protector

Damping UC SLP/SLC

126

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Control units

127

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriers

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Type code Number of channels Category acc. to EN

954-1

Operating voltage Page

SC2-2 2 2 24 V DC 128

SC4-2 2 4 24 V DC 130

Description

System SC2/SC4

The SC2/SC4 is a control unit for a safety light barrier system with 1 or 2 single direction

light barriers (consisting of a sender and receiver) of category 2 or 4 (EN 954-1) or of

type 2 or 4 (IEC 61496).

Together the control unit and the single direction light barriers of series SL or SLA 12/29

form a modular protection system.

The SC2/SC4 produces the required supply voltages, triggers the light senders and

evaluates the signals transmitted by the receivers. A corresponding safety-relevant

control signal (two forced relays) will then be available at the output. Dependent on the

type of light barriers used the range can be up to 65 m.

Operating modes like relays monitor and startup/restart locking ensure that the required

tasks will be met. The operating modes can be adjusted and modified by the user

according to the application.

Applications

Normally used for increased risk of injury. For example for access control of pallet

systems, robots, wood processing machines, packaging machines, overhead ware-

house shelves and machine lines.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

128

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 2

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 2 LEDs red for error display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON LED yellow : Start readiness LED yellow (2x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 2

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 2

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC, -15 %/+20 %

No-load supply current I0160 mA

Input

Activation current approx. 10 mA

Activation time 0.05 ... 1 s

Test input Input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 20 ... 230 V AC/DC

Switching current AC: max. 3.5 A ; DC, max. 3.5 A ( Limit switching power 60 W )

Response time 30 ms

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass 230 g

SC2-2 24VDC

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Evaluation device for safety through-beam sensors SL12 and SL29

• Test input (Type 2 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Pre-fault indication

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

129

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The operating modes of the SC2 can be adjusted using DIP switches. Two

switches must be activated to set an operating mode. The DIP switches are

located inside the housing of the light barrier module.

When the control unit is delivered, the relay monitor (RM) is turned off and

start / restart interlock (RI) is turned on.

Operating modes

DIP-switch

1234

Start/restart interlock (RI) XX

Relay monitor (RM) XX

1234

Restart 1

OSSD OFF 2

OSSD ON 3

0 V 4

Test +U 11

Test 12

Restart 5

Restart +U 6

RM 7

RM +U 8

Supply 24 V 9

Supply 0 V 10

ready to restart (yellow)

OFF (red)

ON (green)

Test

K1K

0 V

+ 24 V DC

Restart

Indicator

Output

OSSD

Input

Sensor

25 LS2-T

26 LS2-T 0 V

27 LS2-R 0 V

28 LS2-R

29 LS1-T

30 LS1-T 0 V

31 LS1-R 0 V

32 LS1-R

Terminal/Assignment Function

1 PNP output readiness Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate restart (start)

for startup message or error message

2 PNP output OSSD reporting Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate the OSSD state Off

OFF

3 PNP output OSSD reporting Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate the OSSD state On

4 0 V internal Reference point for pnp outputs

5 Startup enable for input (RI) Normally open contact for start/restart interlock.

It should be wired in if no function is activated

6 24 V internal

7 Relay monitor input (RM) Relay monitor input.

8 24 V internal It should be wired in if no function is activated (see section 3.2)

9 24 V DC Supply voltage connection, protected from reverse polarity

10 0 V

11 24 V internal Normally open contact for testing or error enable

12 Test input

13 OSSD1.1 OSSD relay output 1 NO (normally open)

14 OSSD1.2

15 OSSD2.1 OSSD relay output 2 NO

16 OSSD2.2

Terminal/Assignment Function

25 LS2-T2 Transmitter 2 connection

26 LS2-T 0 V

27 LS2-R 0 V Receiver 2 connection

28 LS2-R

29 LS1-T Transmitter 1 connection

30 LS1-T 0 V

31 LS1-R 0 V Receiver 1 connection

32 LS1-R

Connections of the OSSD module

Connections for light barrier module

Control unit

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SC2-2 24VDC

CPU-Print up to grating: approx. 145

45.2

113.6

107

13 14 15

1 2 3

29 30 31

OFF

START

SC2-2

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

130

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 7-segment display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON LED yellow : Start readiness LED yellow (2x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 2

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 2

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC, -15 %/+20 %

No-load supply current I0160 mA

Input

Activation current approx. 10 mA

Activation time 0.05 ... 1 s

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 20 ... 230 V AC/DC

Switching current AC: 0.01 ... 2 A DC see diagram of limit load curve

Response time 30 ms

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass 230 g

SC4-2 24VDC

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Evaluation device for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Pre-fault indication

• Clearly visible LED functional display

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

131

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The operating modes of the SC2 can be adjusted using DIP switches. Two

switches must be activated to set an operating mode. The DIP switches are

located inside the housing of the light barrier module.

When the control unit is delivered, the relay monitor (RM) is turned off and

start / restart interlock (RI) is turned on.

Operating modes

DIP-switch

1234

Start/restart interlock (RI) XX

Relay monitor (RM) XX

1234

Terminal/Assignment Function

1 PNP output readiness Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate restart (start)

for startup message or error message

2 PNP output OSSD reporting Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate the OSSD state Off

OFF

3 PNP output OSSD reporting Option for connecting external indicator lamps to indicate the OSSD state On

4 0 V internal Reference point for pnp outputs

5 Startup enable for input (RI) Normally open contact for start/restart interlock.

It should be wired in if no function is activated

6 24 V internal

7 Relay monitor input (RM) Relay monitor input.

8 24 V internal It should be wired in if no function is activated (see section 3.2)

9 24 V DC Supply voltage connection, protected from reverse polarity

10 0 V

11 24 V internal Normally open contact for testing or error enable

12 Test input

13 OSSD1.1 OSSD relay output 1 NO (normally open)

14 OSSD1.2

15 OSSD2.1 OSSD relay output 2 NO

16 OSSD2.2

Terminal/Assignment Function

25 LS2-T2 Transmitter 2 connection

26 LS2-T 0 V

27 LS2-R 0 V Receiver 2 connection

28 LS2-R

29 LS1-T Transmitter 1 connection

30 LS1-T 0 V

31 LS1-R 0 V Receiver 1 connection

32 LS1-R

Connections of the OSSD module

Connections for light barrier module

ready to restart (yellow)

OFF (red)

ON (green)

K1K K2K

0 V

+ 24 V DC

Restart

Test/Reset

Restart 1

OSSD OFF 2

OSSD ON 3

0 V 4

Test +U 11

Test 12

Restart 5

Restart +U 6

RM 7

RM +U 8

Supply 24 V 9

Supply 0 V 10

Indicator

Output

OSSD

Input

Sensor

25 LS2-T

26 LS2-T 0 V

27 LS2-R 0 V

28 LS2-R

29 LS1-T

30 LS1-T 0 V

31 LS1-R 0 V

32 LS1-R

Control unit

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SC4-2 24VDC

CPU-Print up to grating: approx. 145

45.2

113.6

107

13 14 15

1 2 3

29 30 31

OFF

START

SC4-2

132

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

133

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Description

System SafeBox

The safety solution permits the connection of all components of a machine protection

system to a single control unit and can be configured flexibly due to its modular design.

The SafeBox is suitable for connection and control of photoelectric safety sensors,

mechanical safety systems, and safety switches in Category 1 through 4 as in EN 954-1.

The system is approved in accordance with IEC 61496-1 and EN 61508 (SIL3) and thus

features the device approval based on the new standard.

Besides connecting the numerous safety sensors it also supports e.g. the emergency stop

functions of categories 0 and 1 as well as the various muting modes.

The SafeBox complies with protection category IP20 and has been designed for switch

cabinet installation.

The basis of each SafeBox consists of a robust component rack with backplane taking

between two and eight extension modules. The backplane is used for the mechanical and

electrical connection and responsible for the power supply to the individual modules.

Amongst the available module types are OSSD modules (output signal switching device),

4-channel CPU modules (4CP, 4XP, 4CG, 4XG), sensor card modules for 4 and for 6

channels, muting modules, E-stop modules and blind modules.

In total the SafeBox thereby enables the connection of light barriers, light grids and light

curtains for:

• electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE)

• of emergency stop buttons

• position switches

• switching pads and switching panels

• magnetic switches

• door contacts and other one and two channel safety elements.

Type code

The identification of the individual SafeBox versions is structured in such a way that the device structure can be recognised

immediately. For each assembly used, the module type of the respective assembly is stated starting from the left.

SafeBox design

SB4 -SAFEBOX category 4

SB4 Housing Backplane provides 2 ... 8 slots for plug-in cards.

Supplies the individual modules with voltage

Connects the modules mechanically and electrically

Assembly slot 1, OSSD-R/supply module

Minimum configuration: 2 relay OSSDs with operating mode adjustment

(restart, monitor) and 7 segment LED display, LEDs red/green, yellow

Assembly slot 2, sensor card module 4 channels (with CPU)

Minimum configuration: 4 sensor channels with LED status display

Assembly slot 3 to 8 (variable)

Variable configuration of the module types

SB4 - OR - 4CP - xx

OR 4CP; 4XP,

4CG; 4XG 4C; 6C; 4X 4M; 4MD 2E B

OSSD

module R

CPU

module 4K

Module

sensor

channels

Muting

module

E-stop

cat. 0/1

Blind

module

||||||

Back plane = SB4 housing

Minimum 2 2 slots ............... maximum 8 slots

134

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Module types:

Matrix Safebox module types

OR OSSD module relay

4CP Sensor card module with 4 channels with CPU

4CG Sensor card module with 4 channels with CPU (for several separate shut-off circuits within one SafeBox)

4C Sensor card module with 4 channels

4XP Sensor card module with 4 channels with CPU

4XG Sensor card module with 4 channels with CPU (for several separate shut-off circuits within one SafeBox)

4X Sensor card module with 4 channels

6C Sensor card module with 6 channels

4M Muting module with 4 channels

4MD Muting module with 4 channels for permanent muting

2E OSSD-E stop module with preset stop function cat. 0 and activated 2 sensor inputs

B Blind module

module Light barrier type Light grid Light curtains Safety device

4CP SLA12, SLA29 -

E-stop, switching

panels, magnetic

scwitches

4XP SLA5(S); SLA40 SLP... SLC E-stop, switching pad

4CG SLA12, SLA29 -

E-stop, switching

panels, magnetic

scwitches

4XG SLA5(S); SLA40 SLP... SLC E-stop, switching pad

4C SLA12, SLA29 -

E-stop, switching

panels, magnetic

scwitches

4X SLA5(S); SLA40 SLP... SLC Switching pads

E-stop

6C SLA12, SLA29 -

E-stop, switching

pads, magnetic

scwitches

4M Muting sensors

4MD Muting sensors

2E 1 channel E-stop (2x)

135

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Standard device variants

For realising typical ESPE applications, there are SB4 control units which are predefined for these applications. They are

suitable for access protection at one or more access points of hazardous areas.

SB4-OR-4CP : 4 channel control unit

A maximum of 4 safety light barriers can be connected to this control unit. Instead of the light barriers,

other contact safety equipment can be connected. By default, the restart interlock is activated.

SB4-OR-4CP-4C : 8 channel control unit

The SB4-OR-4CP-4C can be used for connecting 1 to 8 safety light barriers.

The large number of sensor channels makes this control unit suitable for protecting several entries.

Instead of the light barriers, other contact safety equipment can be connected. By default, the restart

interlock is activated.

SB4-OR-4CP-4M : 4 channel control unit for muting applications

This control unit can be used for muting applications of 1 to 4 safety light barriers. Due to the adjustment

options via the DIP switches of the muting module, an optimum adaptation to the applications is possible.

For example, if two entries to the protected area, which are protected by 2 protection beams, are to be

equipped with muting, this protection can be realised by the double muting operating mode with an

control unit. The startup/restart lock has been enabled at factory.

Additional application examples:

SB4-OR-4CP-6C-4C-2E : Modular control unit with a time-delayed output signal

Monitoring of 4 safety light barriers, 3 emergency stop buttons (dual-channel) and 2 protective door contacts. In the case of a

beam interruption, the system is switched off with a delay.

SB4-OR-4CG-2E-4C-2E-B-B : Modular control unit for group formation

4 sensor channels for safety devices of group 1 and 4 sensor channels for safety devices with muting function and time-delay

shut-off in group 2.

2 blind caps as optional extension options e.g. for group 3.

SB4-OR-4XP-4M : Modular control unit 4 channel with 4 additional muting channels

4 sensor channels for 2 safety light curtains and 2 times 2 muting channels for double muting.

Easy to configure and flexible, we adapt the SafeBox to your application.

Please enquire!

Type code Sensor channel

number

Muting channel

number

Operating voltage Page

SB4-OR-4CP 4 0 24 V DC 136

SB4-OR-4CP-4C 8 0 24 V DC 138

SB4-OR-4CP-4M 4 4 24 V DC 140

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

136

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 7-segment display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON

Yellow LED: start readiness channel 1 - 4

LED yellow: switching state (receiver)

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC, ± 20 %

No-load supply current I0max. 500 mA

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Activation time 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 10 V ... 250 V AC/DC

Switching current min. 10 mA , max. 6 A AC/DC

Switch power DC: max. 24 VA

AC: max. 230 VA

Response time 30 ms

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass 320 g

SB4-OR-4CP

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Evaluation device for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and

for 2 channel safety devices (emergency off)

• 4 sensor channels

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Pre-fault indication

• Clearly visible LED functional display

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

137

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The evaluation system SB4 is an ESPE of type 4 (EN 61496-1 or IEC 61496-1) or category 4 (EN 954-1). This system is also

designed and tested according to IEC 61508. It meets the requirements for the SIL3.

The operating instructions supplied with the device must be observed for planning, installation and operation.

A maximum of 4 safety light barriers can be connected to the evaluation device. Instead of the light barriers, other contact safety

equipment can be connected.

Function

Terminal Function

1 Reset input; normally closed contact

2 Restart input (RI); normally closed contact

3 24 V DC connection for reset, restart and RM

4 Relay monitor (RM)

5 - 6 OSSD1; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

7 - 8 OSSD2; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

9 Signal output OSSD OFF

10 Signal output OSSD ON

11 Signal output restart

12 Leave free (n.c.)

13 +24 V DC supply voltage

14 0 V DC supply voltage

15 Earth

16 Leave free (n.c.)

Terminal Slot 1 Terminal Slot 2

Slot 1 Slot 2

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

OSSD

Control unit

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4-OR-4CP

45.2

112.7

107

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

138

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 7-segment display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON

Yellow LED: start readiness channel 1 - 8

LED yellow: switching state (receiver)

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 8

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC, ± 20 %

No-load supply current I0max. 500 mA

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Activation time 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 10 V ... 250 V AC/DC

Switching current min. 10 mA , max. 6 A AC/DC

Switch power DC: max. 24 VA

AC: max. 230 VA

Response time 38 ms

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass 430 g

SB4-OR-4CP-4C

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Evaluation device for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and

for 2 channel safety devices (emergency off)

• 8 sensor channels

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Pre-fault indication

• Clearly visible LED functional display

• 7-segment diagnostic display

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

139

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The evaluation system SB4 is an ESPE of type 4 (EN 61496-1 or IEC 61496-1) or category 4 (EN 954-1). This system is also

designed and tested according to IEC 61508. It meets the requirements for the SIL3.

The operating instructions supplied with the device must be observed for planning, installation and operation.

A maximum of 8 safety light barriers can be connected to the evaluation device. Instead of the light barriers, other contact safety

equipment can be connected.

Function

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3

Terminal Slot 2 and Slot 3

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

Terminal Function

1 Reset input; normally closed contact

2 Restart input (RI); normally closed contact

3 24 V DC connection for reset, restart and RM

4 Relay monitor (RM)

5 - 6 OSSD1; potential free relay contact;

normally open contact

7 - 8 OSSD2; potential free relay contact;

normally open contact

9 Signal output OSSD OFF

10 Signal output OSSD ON

11 Signal output restart

12 Leave free (n.c.)

13 +24 V DC supply voltage

14 0 V DC supply voltage

15 Earth

16 Leave free (n.c.)

Terminal Slot 1

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

OSSD

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Control unit

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4-OR-4CP-4C

107.5

112.7

67.8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

140

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 7-segment display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON

Yellow LED: start readiness channel 1 - 4

LED yellow: switching state (receiver)

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC, ± 20 %

No-load supply current I0500 mA

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Activation time 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output 1 PNP each, max. 300 mA for start readiness, OSSD on, OSSD off, muting lamp

Switching voltage 10 V ... 250 V AC/DC

Switching current min. 10 mA , max. 6 A AC/DC

Switch power DC: max. 24 VA

AC: max. 230 VA

Response time 38 ms

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass 430 g

SB4-OR-4CP-4M

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Control unit

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Evaluation device for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and

for 2 channel safety devices (emergency off)

• 4 sensor channels

• Self-monitoring (type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496-1)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Sequential and parallel muting in various operating modes

• Double muting

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Pre-fault indication

• Clearly visible LED functional display

• 7-segment diagnostic display

141

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The evaluation system SB4 is an ESPE of type 4 (EN 61496-1 or IEC 61496-1) or category 4 (EN 954-1). This system is also

designed and tested according to IEC 61508. It meets the requirements for the SIL3.

The operating instructions supplied with the device must be observed for planning, installation and operation.

A maximum of 4 safety light barriers can be connected to the evaluation device. Instead of the light barriers, other contact safety

equipment can be connected.

The module on slot 3 realises the muting function. Detailed notes on the functions can be found in the instruction manual.

The user has to ensure that he only connects to the sensor card, which is assigned to the muting module, those sensors for

which muting is required. These are, for example, light barriers and light grids.

Function

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3

Terminal Function

1 Reset input; normally closed contact

2 Restart input (RI); normally closed contact

3 24 V DC connection for reset, restart and RM

4 Relay monitor (RM)

5 - 6 OSSD1; potential free relay contact;

normally open contact

7 - 8 OSSD2; potential free relay contact;

normally open contact

9 Signal output OSSD OFF

10 Signal output OSSD ON

11 Signal output restart

12 Leave free (n.c.)

13 +24 V DC supply voltage

14 0 V DC supply voltage

15 Earth

16 Leave free (n.c.)

Terminal Slot 1 Terminal Slot 2

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

Terminal

Function

1 24 V sensor supply

2 Sensor 2 IN

3 Sensor 4 IN

4 0 V sensor supply

5 24 V sensor supply

6 Sensor 1 IN

7 Sensor 3 IN

8 0 V sensor supply

9 Input override 1

10 24 V override 1

11 24 V override 2

12 Input override 2

13 +24 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

14 0 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

15 Output muting lamp 1

16 Output muting lamp 2

Terminal Slot 3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

OSSD

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Control unit

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4-OR-4CP-4M

107.5

112.7

67.8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

142

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Control units

143

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Control units

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Safety light barriersSafety light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

SafeBox module types

SB4 MODULES OR - OSSD-R/Supply module

The OSSD-R/supply module contains the power supply of the SafeBox, 2 OSSDs, the relay monitor

and the restart connection. This module is located in slot 1 and only exists once.

SB4 MODULES 4CP or 4XP - 4 channel sensor module with microcontroller

The 4 channel sensor card modules facilitate the connection of safety devices in one or two channel

design. They contain the microcontroller of the SafeBox. Only one of these modules is contained in

each Safebox SB4 and is located in slot 2.

SB4 MODULES 4CG or 4XG - 4 channel sensor module with microcontroller for grouping

The 4 channel sensor card modules facilitate the connection of safety devices in one or two channel

design. They contain the microcontroller of the SafeBox. Only one of these modules is contained in

each Safebox SB4 and is located in slot 2.

This module permits several separate shut-off circuits within one Safebox.

SB4 MODULES 4C or 4X - 4 channel sensor modules

SB4 MODULES 6C or 6X - 6 channel sensor modules

The 4- or 6-channel sensor card modules make it possible to connect safety devices in single-channel

or dual-channel design.

SB4 MODULES 4M and 4MD - muting modules

The muting module realises the muting functions for the sensor channels of the four to six channel

sensor card module immediately to the right of the module.

SB4 MODULES 2E - E-Stop module

The OSSD-R/E-Stop module is a module of the emergency stop category 1 and permits the

time-delayed shut-down of one or several plant components (0 s ... 10 s). It can also be used as an

independent E-stop module of category 0 (grouping).

Type code Sensor channels Category acc. to EN

954-1

Usage Page

SB4 Module OR 2 relays OSSD 4OSSD module 144

SB4 Module 4CP 4 4 Sensor module 146

SB4 Module 4XP 4 4 Sensor module 148

SB4 Module 4CG 4 4 Sensor module 150

SB4 Module 4XG 4 4 Sensor module 152

SB4 Module 4C 4 4 Sensor module 154

SB4 Module 4X 4 4 Sensor module 156

SB4 Module 6C 6 4 Sensor module 158

SB4 Module 4M 4 Muting 4Muting module 160

SB4 Module 4MD 4 Muting 4 Muting module 162

SB4 Module 2E 2

2 relays OSSD

4E-Stop module 164

SB4 Cape Blind cap for unused slots 166

SB4 Housing Housing for SafeBox modules 167

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

144

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Diagnosis display 7-segment display

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON Yellow LED: start readiness

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 20 % , via SB4 Housing

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Activation time 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 10 V ... 250 V AC/DC

Switching current min. 10 mA , max. 6 A AC/DC

Switch power max. DC

24 VA , AC 230 VA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module OR

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• OSSD-R/Supply-module

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

• Start/Restart disable

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Relay monitor

145

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

This module can only be operated within an evaluation device of the SafeBox SB4 type.

The SafeBox instruction manual should be observed.

The OSSD-R/supply module contains the power supply of the SafeBox, 2 OSSDs, the relay monitor and the restart connection.

This module is located in slot 1 of the SafeBox and only exists once.

The OSSDs are designed as potential free connection NO contacts. The module can be operated with or without restart inter-

lock. Also, monitoring of the externally connected switching elements can be activated (relay monitor). The OSSD On or Off

statuses are indicated via a short-circuit-proof pnp signal output. The restart output is used for indication of the start readiness

status. In the case of an error, this output oscillates with 1 Hz.

Function

relay monitor

Reset

Restart

Terminal Function

1 Reset input; normally closed contact

2 Restart input (RI); normally closed contact

3 24 V DC connection for reset, restart and RM

4 Relay monitor (RM)

5 - 6 OSSD1; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

7 - 8 OSSD2; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

9 Signal output OSSD OFF

10 Signal output OSSD ON

11 Signal output restart

12 Leave free (n.c.)

13 +24 V DC supply voltage

14 0 V DC supply voltage

15 Earth

16 Leave free (n.c.)

- U

+ U

- Urel

+ Urel

K2.1

K1.1

K2K1

13 14 15

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

OSSD

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module OR

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

146

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4CP

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and for 2

channel safety devices (emergency off)

• Micro-Controller controls

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

147

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is possible only within a control unit of the type SafeBox SB4.

Is the operating instruction of the SafeBox pay attention.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4CP makes it possible to connect light barriers or light grids or contact safety sensors

in a one or two-channel version. In addition it contains the Micro-Controller controls of the SafeBox.

This version only exists once in a system and is always located in slot 2 of the SafeBox. The module is supplied with plug-in

jumper. If additional modules are used, this plug-in jumper must be moved.

There is a plug-in jumper on the module. If the system contains further units, this plug-in jumper onto the last slot must be

moved.

When the system is switched on, the software determines whether a light barrier or a contact safety sensor is switched on at a

channel and monitors its presence during operation. Safety sensors with switching contacts, which are connected to the Safe-

Box, must operate in the switching mode "normally closed". An open contact means "safe status".

The channels 1 and 2 as well as 3 and 4 (and 5 and 6) can be monitored for simultaneousness or antivalence. If simultaneous-

ness monitoring is activated, 2 channel safety equipment is monitored for simultaneous opening or changing of the signals. The

monitoring time is 2 s.

Antivalence monitoring expects the normally closed contact at channel 1 or 3 (or 5) and the normally open contact at channel

2 or 4 (or 6). If antivalence monitoring is performed without simultaneousness monitoring, an incorrect contact position causes

a switch-off and the error message 7 after approx. 60 s .

Function

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

Connection example

(LSS = transmitter of light barrier;

LSE = receiver of light barrier)

BU LSS BN

4LSS 3

LSE

13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

LSE

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4CP

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

148

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

actuating voltage approx. 10 V

Activation current approx. 4 ... 20 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4XP

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA5(S) and SLA40; for

SLP safety light barriers; for SLC safety light curtains; for switch mats and

Emergency-Stop switches in categories 2 and 4.

• Micro-Controller controls

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

149

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is only possible within an interface device Type SB4 SafeBox.

The operating instruction for the SafeBox must be followed.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4XP facilitates the connection of "3-wire" light barriers and light grids in the SLA and

SLP families, light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs (SLC family), switch mats based on the 4-conductor principle and

safety sensors with contacts in a single or two-channel version.

In addition, it contains the SafeBox microcontroller control system. A SafeBox contains only one of these modules and it must

be plugged-in at position 2.

There is a plug-in jumper on the module. If the system contains additional assemblies, then the plug-in jumper must be plugged

into the last plug-in position.

"3-wire" light barriers and light grids in the SLA and SLP families can be connected on channels 1 to 4. If the requirement is to

connect single-channel safety sensors with contacts, then a "3-wire" light barrier must be connected on the neighbouring chan-

nel. The neighbouring channels are channels 1 and 2 or 3 and 4.

On switching on the system the software determines whether a light barrier or a safety sensor with contacts is connected on a

channel and then monitors its presence during operation.

Safety sensors with contacts, which are connected to the SafeBox, must operate in accordance with the normally-closed prin-

ciple. An open contact signifies a "Safe condition".

Light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs and safety sensors with contacts in a two-channel version are monitored for

concurrence. The connection takes place on channels 1 and 2 or 3 and 4.

Function

terminal Function Connecting circuit Connecting circuit Connecting circuit

light beam switch/Light grid light curtain switching pad

1 Receiver input 2 Receiver output 2 OSSD-Output 1.2

2 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 2 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

3 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 2 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 2 Power supply OSSD

4 Emitter output 2 Emitter input 2 switching pad 1.3

5 Receiver input 1 Receiver output 1 OSSD-Output 1.1 switching pad 1.2

6 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 1 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

7 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 1 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 1 Power supply OSSD

8 Emitter output 1 Emitter input 1 switching pad 1.1

9 Emitter output 3 Emitter input 3 switching pad 2.1

10 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 3 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 3 Power supply OSSD

11 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 3 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

12 Receiver input 3 Receiver output 3 OSSD-Output 2.1 switching pad 2.2

13 Emitter output 4 Emitter input 4 switching pad 2.3

14 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 4 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 4 Power supply OSSD

15 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 4 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

16 Receiver input 4 Receiver output 4 OSSD-Output 2.2 switching pad 2.4

Galv. Getrennte 24V DC

Versorgung

GND GND

24V DC

GND

light curtain SLC

Light grid SLP

Receiver Emitter

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 1

11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4XP

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

150

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4CG

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and for 2

channel safety devices (emergency off)

• Micro-Controller controls

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Connection of a number of separate trip circuits

151

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is only possible within an interface device Type SB4 SafeBox.

The operating instruction for the SafeBox must be followed.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4CG facilitates the connection of light barriers or light grids and safety sensors with

contacts in a single or two-channel version. It also contains the microcontroller control system for the SafeBox. Only one of these

modules is contained in a SafeBox SB4 and it must be plugged-in at position 2.

There is a plug-in jumper on the module.If the system contains additional assemblies, then this plug-in jumper must be plugged-

in to the last plug-in position.

This module enables a number of separate trip circuits to be installed in one SafeBox.

On switching on the system the software determines whether a light barrier or a safety sensor with contacts is connected on a

channel and then monitors its presence during operation.

Safety sensors with contacts, which are connected to the SafeBox, must operate in accordance with the normally-closed prin-

ciple. An open contact signifies a "Safe condition".

Channels 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 can be monitored for concurrence and antivalence. During activated concurrence monitoring 2-

channel safety devices are monitored for simultaneous opening and changeover of the signals. The monitoring is carried out

over a period of 2 s.

Antivalence monitoring awaits the normally-closed contact on channel 1 or channel 3 and the normally-open contact on channel

2 or 4. If the antivalence monitoring is operated without concurrence monitoring, then an incorrect contact setting leads to switch

off and error signal 7 after approx. 60 s.

Function

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

Connection example

(LSS = transmitter of light barrier;

LSE = receiver of light barrier)

BU LSS BN

4LSS 3

LSE

13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

LSE

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4CG

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

152

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

actuating voltage approx. 10 V

Activation current approx. 4 ... 20 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4XG

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA5(S) and SLA40; for

SLP safety light barriers; for SLC safety light curtains; for switch mats and

Emergency-Stop switches in categories 2 and 4.

• Micro-Controller controls

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Connection of a number of separate trip circuits

153

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is only possible within an interface device Type SB4 SafeBox.

The operating instruction for the SafeBox must be followed.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4XG facilitates the connection of "3-wire" light barriers and light grids in the SLA and

SLP families, light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs (SLC family), switch mats based on the 4-conductor principle and

safety sensors with contacts in a single or two-channel version.

In addition it contains the microcontroller control system for the SafeBox. A SafeBox contains only one of these modules and

it must be plugged-in at position 2.

There is a plug-in jumper on the module. If the system contains additional assemblies, then the plug-in jumper must be plugged

into the last plug-in position

This module enables a number of separate trip circuits to be contained in one SafeBox.

3-wire" light barriers and grids in the SLA and SLP families can be connected on channels 1 to 4. If the requirement is to con-

nect single-channel safety sensors with contacts, then a "3-wire" light barrier must be connected on the neighbouring channel.

The neighbouring channels are channels 1 and 2 and 3 and 4.

On switching on the system the software determines whether a light barrier or a safety sensor with contacts is connected on a

channel and then monitors its presence during operation.

Safety sensors with contacts, which are connected to the SafeBox, must operate in accordance with the normally-closed prin-

ciple. An open contact signifies a "Safe condition".

Light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs and safety sensors with contacts in a two-channel version are monitored for

concurrence. Connection takes place on channels 1 and 2 and 3 and 4.

Function

terminal Function Connecting circuit Connecting circuit Connecting circuit

light beam switch/Light grid light curtain switching pad

1 Receiver input 2 Receiver output 2 OSSD-Output 1.2

2 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 2 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

3 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 2 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 2 Power supply OSSD

4 Emitter output 2 Emitter input 2 switching pad 1.3

5 Receiver input 1 Receiver output 1 OSSD-Output 1.1 switching pad 1.2

6 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 1 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

7 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 1 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 1 Power supply OSSD

8 Emitter output 1 Emitter input 1 switching pad 1.1

9 Emitter output 3 Emitter input 3 switching pad 2.1

10 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 3 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 3 Power supply OSSD

11 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 3 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

12 Receiver input 3 Receiver output 3 OSSD-Output 2.1 switching pad 2.2

13 Emitter output 4 Emitter input 4 switching pad 2.3

14 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 4 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 4 Power supply OSSD

15 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 4 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

16 Receiver input 4 Receiver output 4 OSSD-Output 2.2 switching pad 2.4

Galv. Getrennte 24V DC

Versorgung

GND GND

24V DC

GND

light curtain SLC

Light grid SLP

Receiver Emitter

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 1

11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4XG

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

154

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4C

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and for 2

channel safety devices (emergency off)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

155

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is possible only within a control unit of the type SafeBox SB4.

The operating instruction of the SafeBox has to be observed.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4C makes it possible to connect light barriers or light grids or contact safety sensors in

a one or two-channel version.

When the system is switched on, the software determines whether a light barrier or a contact safety sensor is switched on at a

channel and monitors its presence during operation. Safety sensors with switching contacts, which are connected to the Safe-

Box, must operate in the switching mode "normally closed". An open contact means "safe status".

The channels 1 and 2 as well as 3 and 4 can be monitored for simultaneousness or antivalence. If simultaneousness monitoring

is activated, 2 channel safety equipment is monitored for simultaneous opening or changing of the signals. The monitoring time

is 2 s.

Antivalence monitoring expects the normally closed contact at channel 1 or 3 and the normally open contact at channel 2 or 4.

If antivalence monitoring is performed without simultaneousness monitoring, an incorrect contact position causes a switch-off

and the error message 7 after approx. 60 s .

Function

Terminal

Function Channel assignment

1 Receiver 2 input Input

2 Receiver 2 +U Channel 2

3 Transmitter 2 +U

4 Transmitter 2 output Output

5 Receiver 1 input Input

6 Receiver 1 +U Channel 1

7 Transmitter 1 +U

8 Transmitter 1 output Output

9 Transmitter 3 output Output

10 Transmitter 3 +U Channel 3

11 Receiver 3 +U

12 Receiver 3 input Input

13 Transmitter 4 output Output

14 Transmitter 4 +U Channel 4

15 Receiver 4 +U

16 Receiver 4 input Input

Connection example

(LSS = transmitter of light barrier;

LSE = receiver of light barrier)

BU LSS BN

4LSS 3

LSE

13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

LSE

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4C

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

156

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 4

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

actuating voltage approx. 10 V

Activation current approx. 4 ... 20 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4X

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 4 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA5(S) and SLA40; for

SLP safety light barriers; for SLC safety light curtains; for switch mats and

Emergency-Stop switches in categories 2 and 4.

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

157

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

The operation of this module is only possible within an interface device Type SB4 SafeBox.

The operating instruction for the SafeBox must be followed.

The 4-channel sensor card module SB4-4X facilitates the connection of "3-wire" light barriers and light grids in the SLA and SLP

families, light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs (SLC family), switch mats based on the 4-conductor principle and safe-

ty sensors with contacts in a single or two-channel version.

"3-wire" light barriers and grids in the SLA and SLP families can be connected on channels 1 to 4. If the requirement is to con-

nect single-channel safety sensors with contacts, then a "3-wire" light barrier must be connected on the neighbouring channel.

The neighbouring channels are channels 1 and 2 or 3 and 4.

On switching on the system the software determines whether a light barrier or a safety sensor with contacts is connected on a

channel and then monitors its presence during operation.

Safety sensors with contacts, which are connected to the SafeBox, must operate in accordance with the normally-closed prin-

ciple. An open contact signifies a "Safe condition".

Light curtains with semiconductor switch outputs and safety sensors with contacts in a two-channel version are monitored for

concurrence. Connection takes place on channels 1 and 2 or 3 and 4.

Switch mats based on the 4-conductor principle are connected on channels 1 and 2 or 3 and 4. The connection position of the

switch mats is configured by means of the DIP switches.

Function

terminal Function Connecting circuit Connecting circuit Connecting circuit

light beam switch/Light grid light curtain switching pad

1 Receiver input 2 Receiver output 2 OSSD-Output 1.2

2 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 2 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

3 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 2 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 2 Power supply OSSD

4 Emitter output 2 Emitter input 2 switching pad 1.3

5 Receiver input 1 Receiver output 1 OSSD-Output 1.1 switching pad 1.2

6 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 1 24 V SLC1-

Power supply OSSD

7 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 1 and 0 V SLC1-

Receiver 1 Power supply OSSD

8 Emitter output 1 Emitter input 1 switching pad 1.1

9 Emitter output 3 Emitter input 3 switching pad 2.1

10 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 3 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 3 Power supply OSSD

11 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 3 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

12 Receiver input 3 Receiver output 3 OSSD-Output 2.1 switching pad 2.2

13 Emitter output 4 Emitter input 4 switching pad 2.3

14 0 V DC 0 V Emitter 4 and 0 V SLC2-

Receiver 4 Power supply OSSD

15 + 24 V DC 24 V Receiver 4 24 V SLC2-

Power supply OSSD

16 Receiver input 4 Receiver output 4 OSSD-Output 2.2 switching pad 2.4

Galv. Getrennte 24V DC

Versorgung

GND GND

24V DC

GND

light curtain SLC

Light grid SLP

Receiver Emitter

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 1

11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

24V DC

GND

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4X

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

158

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (6x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 6

Pre-fault indication LED yellow flashing: Indicator lamp channel 1 ... 6

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 6C

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Sensor module

• 6 sensor channels

• Single module for safety through-beam sensors SLA12 and SLA29 and for 2

channel safety devices (emergency off)

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

159

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

The operation of this module is possible only within a control unit of the type SafeBox SB4.

The operating instruction of the SafeBox has to be observed.

The 6-channel sensor card module SB4-6C makes it possible to connect light barriers or light grids or contact safety sensors in

a one or two-channel version.

When the system is switched on, the software determines whether a light barrier or a contact safety sensor is switched on at a

channel and monitors its presence during operation. Safety sensors with switching contacts, which are connected to the Safe-

Box, must operate in the switching mode "normally closed". An open contact means "safe status".

The channels 1 and 2, 3 and 4 as well as 5 and 6 can be monitored for simultaneousness or antivalence. If simultaneousness

monitoring is activated, 2 channel safety equipment is monitored for simultaneous opening or changing of the signals. The mo-

nitoring time is 2 s.

Antivalence monitoring expects the normally closed contact at channel 1, 3 or 5 and the normally open contact at channel 2, 4

or 6. If antivalence monitoring is performed without simultaneousness monitoring, an incorrect contact position causes a switch-

off and the error message 7 after approx. 60 s .

Function

Terminal Function

1 Transmitter 1 output

2 Transmitter 2 output

3 Transmitter 3 output

4 Transmitter 1...3 +U

5 Transmitter 4 output

6 Transmitter 5 output

7 Transmitter 6 output

8 Transmitter 4...6 +U

9 Receiver 1 input

10 Receiver 2 input

11 Receiver 3 input

12 Receiver 1...3 +U

13 Receiver 4 input

14 Receiver 5 input

15 Receiver 6 input

16 Receiver 4...6 +U

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 6C

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

160

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp muting sensor 1 ... 4

LED white (2x): status muting lamp

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

separate power supply for muting lamp

Input

Activation current approx. 10 mA

Activation time Override-Input 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Output

Switching voltage 24 V

Switching current 7.5 mA ... 500 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4M

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Muting module

• 4 sensor channels

• Double muting

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

161

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

This module can only be operated within an evaluation device of the SafeBox SB4 type.

The SafeBox instruction manual should be observed.

The muting module realises the muting function for the sensor channels of the four to six channel sensor card module immedi-

ately to the right of the module.

The user must make sure to only connect sensors that can be muted to the sensor card that is assigned to the muting module.

These are, for example, light barriers or light grids.

Muting sensors

Muting sensors are supposed to detect the muting objects. If an object is detected, the output of the muting sensor switches

through its supply voltage. For this purpose, sensors with relay or pnp output are suitable. In a de-energised state, the output

of the muting sensor must not be active. The sensor output should be capable of reliably switching a load current of 8 mA at 20

V. Muting sensors with a current consumption of a maximum of 30 mA can be supplied directly from the muting module. Sensors

with a higher current consumption require an external power supply. Muting sensors must be selected such that they also work

at a supply voltage of at least 12 V.

The cables to the muting sensors must be laid in such a way that no short circuits are possible between the muting sensors.

As muting sensors, the following sensors can be used, for example:

· Retro-reflective sensors dark on or light on (in this case reflector at the object),

· Photoelectric sensors (light on),

· Inductive sensors, mechanical switches.

Function

Terminal

Function

1 24 V sensor supply

2 Sensor 2 IN

3 Sensor 4 IN

4 0 V sensor supply

5 24 V sensor supply

6 Sensor 1 IN

7 Sensor 3 IN

8 0 V sensor supply

9 Input override 1

10 24 V override 1

11 24 V override 2

12 Input override 2

13 +24 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

14 0 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

15 Output muting lamp 1

16 Output muting lamp 2

Override 1

Override 2 Muting

lamp 2

Muting

lamp 1

Muting sensor 3

Muting sensor 1

Muting sensor 4

Muting sensor 2

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

- U

+ U

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4M

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

162

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED yellow (4x): indicator lamp muting sensor 1 ... 4

LED white (2x): status muting lamp

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

separate power supply for muting lamp

Input

Activation current approx. 10 mA

Activation time Override-Input 0.4 ... 1.2 s

Output

Switching voltage 24 V

Switching current 7.5 mA ... 500 mA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 4MD

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Muting module

• 4 sensor channels

• Double muting

• Continuous muting with no time limit

• Emergency muting for the correction of the material jam

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

163

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

This module can only be operated within an evaluation device of the SafeBox SB4 type.

The SafeBox instruction manual should be observed.

The muting module realises the muting function for the sensor channels of the four to six channel sensor card module immedi-

ately to the right of the module.

The user must make sure to only connect sensors that can be muted to the sensor card that is assigned to the muting module.

These are, for example, light barriers or light grids.

This muting module does not monitor the activation time of the muting sensors.

The following must be observed for the application:

The basis of the assessment of the safety category is that every muting sensor is activated at least once per day (the activation

is triggered when the muting procedure is not interrupted).

A detailed description of the muting operating modes can be found in the instruction manual.

Muting sensors

Muting sensors are supposed to detect the muting objects. If an object is detected, the output of the muting sensor switches

through its supply voltage. For this purpose, sensors with relay or pnp output are suitable. In a de-energised state, the output

of the muting sensor must not be active. The sensor output should be capable of reliably switching a load current of 8 mA at 20

V. Muting sensors with a current consumption of a maximum of 30 mA can be supplied directly from the muting module. Sensors

with a higher current consumption require an external power supply. Muting sensors must be selected such that they also work

at a supply voltage of at least 12 V.

Function

Terminal

Function

1 24 V sensor supply

2 Sensor 2 IN

3 Sensor 4 IN

4 0 V sensor supply

5 24 V sensor supply

6 Sensor 1 IN

7 Sensor 3 IN

8 0 V sensor supply

9 Input override 1

10 24 V override 1

11 24 V override 2

12 Input override 2

13 +24 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

14 0 V DC supply voltage for muting lamps

15 Output muting lamp 1

16 Output muting lamp 2

Override 1

Override 2 Muting

lamp 2

Muting

lamp 1

Muting sensor 3

Muting sensor 1

Muting sensor 4

Muting sensor 2

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

- U

+ U

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 4MD

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

164

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

General specifications

Approvals TÜV

Tests IEC/EN 61496 IEC 61508

Marking CE

Safety category according to IEC/EN 61496 4

Indicators/operating means

Function display LED red: OSSD OFF

LED green: OSSD ON Yellow LED: start readiness LED yellow (2x): indicator lamp channel 1 ... 2

Operating elements DIP-switch

Electrical specifications

Operating voltage Power supply via control unit SB4

Input

Activation current approx. 7 mA

Test input Reset-input for system test

Output

Safety output 2 relay outputs, compelled connection NO-contact

Signal output Output for displaying the switching state of the OSSDs

Switching voltage 10 V ... 250 V AC/DC

Switching current min. 10 mA , max. 6 A AC/DC

Switch power max. DC

24 VA , AC 230 VA

Ambient conditions

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (273 ... 323 K)

Storage temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K)

Mechanical specifications

Protection degree IP20

Connection screw terminals , lead cross section 0.2 ... 2 mm2

Material

Housing Polyamide (PA)

Mass approx. 150 g

SB4 Module 2E

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SafeBox module

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• OSSD-R/E-stop-module

• Safety outputs OSSD, external status displays OSSD

• 2 sensor channels

• Operating mode can be selected by means of DIP switches

• Start/Restart disable

• Relay monitor

• Stop function Cat.0 or Cat.2

• Time function

165

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Notes

Electrical connection

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light gridsSafety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtainsControl units

Dimensions

Connection example

This module can only be operated within an evaluation device of the SafeBox SB4 type.

The SafeBox instruction manual should be observed.

The OSSD-R/E stop module contains 2 OSSDs, the relay monitor, the restart connection and 2 connections for contact safety

signals, (e.g. emergency off button). From position 3 on, this module may exist several times in the SafeBox and may perform

different functions depending on the switch position.

The OSSDs are designed as potential free connection NO contacts. The module can be operated with or without restart inter-

lock. Also, monitoring of the externally connected switching elements can be activated (relay monitor). The OSSD On or Off

statuses are indicated via a short-circuit-proof pnp signal output. The restart output is used for indication of the start readiness

status. In the case of an error, this output oscillates with 1 Hz.

The module can work in stop function cat. 0 or cat.1.

Function

relay monitor

Restart

Terminal Function

1 Sensor 1 Out

2 Sensor 1 In

3 Sensor 2 Out

4 Sensor 2 In

5 - 6 OSSD1; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

7 - 8 OSSD2; potential free relay contact; normally open contact

9 Signal output OSSD off

10 Signal output OSSD on

11 Signal output restart

12 Relay monitor (RM)

13 +24 V DC supply voltage

14 0 V DC supply voltage

15 24 V DC connection restart and RM

16 Restart input (RI); normally closed contact

yellow

green

red

Safety

element 2

Safety

element 1

- U

+ U

OSSD

K2.1

K1.1

OSSD

- Urel

+ Urel

F2F1

K2K1

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

SafeBox module

Date of edition 05/17/2006

SB4 Module 2E

100.522.6

80.3

13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

166

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Safety through beam

sensors

Safety light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

Dimensions

Notes

Mechanical specifications

Material Polyamide (PA)

Dimensions 99 mm x 38,5 mm x 22,6 mm

SB4 Cape

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Accessories

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Cover for unused plug-in stations of the Safebox

38.5

Safety through beam

sensors

Safey light grids

Safety light grids with

internal control unit

Safety light curtains

Control units

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Technische DatenTechnical data

Features

Dimensions

Notes

167

Mechanical specifications

Material Polyamide (PA)

SB4 Housing

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Accessories

For suitable cable sockets, mounting aids, redirection mirrors and more refer to chapter „Accessories.

• Housing of the SafeBox with backplane for completion

Model number

Number of plug-in stations Description Housing width (mm)

2 SB4 Housing 2 45.2

3 SB4 Housing 3 67.8

4 SB4 Housing 4 90.4

5 SB4 Housing 5 113.0

6 SB4 Housing 6 135.6

7 SB4 Housing 7 158.2

8 SB4 Housing 8 180.8

45.2 up to 180.8

2 - 8 connection sites

108

Accessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

168

Accessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

169

Content Page

Cables and sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Accessories overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Redirection mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Assembly aids and mounting sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Protective glass panes and holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Alignment aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Other accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Mating connectors and cableAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

170

Mating connectors and c abl e

Pre-manufactured connector M12 for safety light barriers

Special accessories for safety light grid SLPC/SLPCM

Special accessories for safety light curtain SLC/SLP

Design

Model number Design Connector type Number of

pins

Strand size

(mm2)Fig.

M12

V1-G Socket, straight

Screw terminal, PG7 screw

4-pin max. 2.5 1

V1-W Socket, angled 4-pin max. 2.5 2

V1S-G Connector, straight 4-pin max. 2.5 -

V1S-W Connector, angled 4-pin max. 2.5 -

V1-G-Q2 Socket, straight Insulation piercing 4-pin 0.34 ... 0.75 -

V1S-G-Q2 Connector, straight Insulation piercing 4-pin 0.34 ... 0.75 -

V15-W-PG9 Socket, straight Screw terminal 5-pin max. 0.75 -

Design

Model number Design Connector type Number of

pins

Strand size

(mm2)

M12

V1S-WM-VIS Connector, angled Mains plug without cablel 4-pin max. 2.5

V15S-WM-VIS Connector, angled Mains plug without cablel 5-pin max. 2.5

V1S-WM-2M-PUR-VIS Connector, angled Right angle plug with cable 4-pin max. 2.5

V15S-WM-2M-PUR-VIS Connector, angled Right angled plug with cable 5-pin 0.34 ... 0.75

Design

Model number Design Connector type Number of

pins

Strand size

(mm2)

M12

V17...... Connector, straight Insulation piercing 8-pin max. 2.5

M18

V16 ...... Socket, straight Insulation piercing 6-pin max. 2.5

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Plug connector -V1

(Circular connection M12)

Plug connector -V15

(Circular connection M12)

Mating connectors and cableAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

171

Technical data for connectors with sprayed cables

Male and female connectors

Cable

1) Please note reduced mechanical values for PUR cables at temperatures over +80 °C.

Strand colours and plug layout (EN 60947-5-2)

Colour allocation of pre-

manifactured cable sockets V1, V15:

Pin Colour Abbreviation

1BrownBN

2WhiteWH

3BlueBU

4BlackBK

5GreyGR

Number of pins 4 or 5 pins

Locking Screw lock

Self-locking via O-ring in cap nut

Grip color green

Grip material PUR

Contact material CuSn/Au

Contact surface material Au

Cap nut material CuSn/Ni

Gasket material NBR

DIN 40050 protection class IP68 when screwed down

Max. operating voltage 60 V DC or 250 V AC (for V13-... types)

Max. operating current 4A

Volume resistance < 5 mΩ

Insulation resistance as specified in VDE 0295

Test voltage 1500 Veff. AC, 50 Hz

Cable structure fine wire, flexible

Wire size Cables for M12 connection: 0.34 mm2

Sleeve colour black

Temperature range for PVC cables moving: -5 °C to +70 °C

non-moving: -30 °C to +80 °C

Temperature range for PUR cables 1) moving: -5 °C to +70 °C

non-moving: -30 °C to +100 °C

Minimum permissible bending radius > 10 x cable diameter

Sheath diameter ∅4.8 mm for 4 pin design

∅5.2 mm for 5 pin design

Strand insulation material PVC

Wire colours as specified in VDE 293 4-pin BN, BU, BK, WH

5-pin BN, BU, BK, WH, GR

Plug connector -V1

(Circular connection M12)

Plug connector -V15

(Circular connection M12)

Mating connectors and cableAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

172

Plugs in M12 style for DC sensors

For pin layout see page Seite 171

M12 connection cable in PUR 4 x 0.34 mm2, sleeve colour black

For pin layout see page 171

These connector cables can be used together with 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC proximity switches.

Suitable for 2-, 3-, and

4-wire DC sensors

Cable

sheath Length

Numbe

r of

strands

(mm2)

Design

straight

Design

angled

Design

angled

with 2 LEDs

PVC,

black

2 m 4 0.34 V1-G-2M-PVC V1-W-2M-PVC

5 m 4 0.34 V1-G-5M-PVC V1-W-5M-PVC

10 m 4 0.34 V1-G-10M-PVC V1-W-10M-PVC

PUR,

black

2 m 4 0.34 V1-G-2M-PUR V1-W-2M-PUR V1-W-A2-2M-PUR

5 m 4 0.34 V1-G-5M-PUR V1-W-5M-PUR

V1-W-A2-5M-PUR

V1-A0-5M-PUR

V1-W-E2/E3-5M-PUR

10 m 4 0.34 V1-G-10M-PUR V1-W-10M-PUR V1-W-A2-10M-PUR

PUR,

black

2 m 3 0.34 V1-W-E2-2M-PUR

5 m 3 0.34 V1-W-E2-5M-PUR

V1-W-E-5M-PUR

10 m 3 0.34 V1-W-E2-10M-PUR

PVC,

black

2 m 5 0.34 V15-G-2M-PVC V15-W-2M-PVC

5 m 5 0.34 V15-G-5M-PVC V15-W-5M-PVC

10 m 5 0.34 V15-G-10M-PVC V15-W-10M-PVC

PUR,

black

2 m 5 0.25 V15-W-2M-PUR

5 m 5 0.25 V15-W-5M-PUR

Suitable for

all 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC sensors

Length Socket, straight Socket, angled

1 m V1-G-1M-PUR-V1-G V1-W-1M-PUR-V1-G

Connector, straight 2 m V1-G-2M-PUR-V1-G V1-W-2M-PUR-V1-G

5 m V1-G-5M-PUR-V1-G V1-W-5M-PUR-V1-G

Connector, angled 1 m - V1-W-1M-PUR-V1-W

Mating connectors and cableAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

173

V1-W-2M-PVC – Cable material

– Cable length

– Cable outlet

– Connection type

–PVC

–PUR

–2 m

–5 m

– other lengths on request

– W angled

– G straight

– WM angled, cap nut

– WR angled, ratchet lock

– GR straight, ratchet lock

– V1 M12 x 1, 4-pin, DC

– V1S M12 x 1, 4-pin, DC, connector

– V15 M12 x 1, 5-pin, DC

Model key for cable sockets

Connection cable type key

V1-G-5M-PUR-V1-G –G straight

– W angled

– V1 plug M12 x 1, 4 pin

– Cable material

– Cable length

–G straight

– W angled

– V1 socket M12 x 1, 4 pin

OverviewAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

174

Overview

Illustration Description Order number: Series

SLA

SL12

SLA12

SL29

SLA29

SLA40

SLP

SLPC

SLPCM

SLC

SLC-2

SLC-3

SLC-4

Mirror 1 beam SLA-1-M O O O O O

Mirror multiple beam

SLP-2-M

SLP-3-M

SLP-4-M

OOO

Mirror multiple beam

SLC-350-M

SLC-500-M

SLC-800-M

SLC-1000-M

SLC-1300-M

SLC-1600-M

O O

Assembly aid OMH-21 O

Assembly aid OMH-22 O

Assembly aid OMH-40 O

Assembly aid OMH-05 O

Assembly aid OMH-06 O

Assembly aid OMH-07 O

Assembly aid OMH-MLV12-HWG O

Assembly aid OMH-MLV12-HWK O

Assembly aid OMH-MLV11-K O

Assembly aid OMH-K01 O

Assembly aid OMH-K02 O

Mounting set MS SLC OO

Mounting set MS SLP O O O

OverviewAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

175

Illustration Description Order number: Series

SLA

SL12

SLA12

SL29

SLA29

SLA40

SLP

SLPC

SLPCM

SLC

SLC-2

SLC-3

SLC-4

Protective glass panes

SLC

PG SLC-150

PG SLC-300

PG SLC-1650

PG SLC-1800

O O

Holder for protective

glass panes PG Holder SLC OO

Protective glass panes

SLP

PG SLP-2

PG SLP-3

PG SLP-4

Holder for protective

glass panes PG Holder SLP O

Profile alignment aid PA SLP/SLC O O O O O

Laser alignment aid BA SLA28 O

Laser alignment aid BA SLP O O O

Laser alignment aid BA SLC OO

Test rods

TR SLC14

TR SLC30

TR SLC60

Screw connection TC SLC(M16) OO

Cable ties Binder SLPC/M O O O O O

Floor stand UC SLP/SLC

UC SLP/SLC 1530 mm OOOO O

Start-up protection Damping UC SLP/SLC O O O O O

Housing Enclosure UC SLP/SLC OOOO O

Muting mounting set MS SLP/SLA28 O

Muting mounting set MS SLPCM OO

Redirection mirrorAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

176

R edirection mir ror

Redirection mirror for one beam

redirection of the protection beam of

safety light barriers SL and SLA.

Redirection mirror for multi-directional

protection of danger areas using our

safety light grids SLP, SLPC and

SLPCM

Mirror 1 beam for SLA

SLA-1-M

Mirror for SLP/SLC

Model number Number of

beams

SLP-2-M 2

SLP-3-M 3

SLP-4-M 4

approx. 86.5

Mirror 103 x 70

3x Thread M

10.5

146

131

45˚

9.5

10.5

6.5

5.5

300

400

636

1036

936

500

Redirection mirrorAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

177

Redirection mirror for multi-directional

protection of danger areas using our

safety light curtains SLC and safety light

grids SLP-2, SLP-3 and SLP-4.

Mirror for SLC / SLP

Order

number

Mirror

height H

Housing

length L

SLC-350-M 350 mm 406 mm

SLC-500-M 500 mm 556 mm

SLC-800-M 800 mm 856 mm

SLC-1000-M 1000 mm 1056 mm

SLC-1300-M 1300 mm 1356 mm

SLC-1600-M 1600 mm 1656 mm

Height of mirror H

9.5

10.5

6.5

5.5

H + 56

Assembly aids and mounting setsAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

178

A ssembly aids and mount ing sets

Suitable for safety light barriers

•SLA28

• SL29, SLA29

Material: Anodised aluminium

Mounting angle for safety light barriers

of series SLA28 / SL29 / SLA29

mainly for installation on aluminium

profile (see muting set MS SLPCM on

page 186).

Material: Aluminium, black anodised

Mounting angle for safety light barriers

of series SLA40.

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Installation aid OMH-21

Installation aid OMH-22

Installation aid OMH-40

5.3

R3.5

5.3

112

60˚

35 35

R10

5˚

R10

5˚

40˚

50 135

310˚

40˚

4.3

19.5

23.5

4.3

49.9

54.2

71.1

4.3

3.7

R16

8˚

13˚

5˚

Assembly aids and mounting setsAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

179

Assembly aid for safety light barriers of

series SLA28, SL29 and SLA29

Material:

Top: Sheet metal

Clamping block:Aluminium

Assembly aid for safety light barriers of

series SLA12 and SL12

Material:

Top: Sheet metal

Clamping block:Aluminium

Assembly aid for safety light barriers

Material:

Top: Sheet metal

Clamping block:Aluminium

Mounting angle, large, for safety light

barriers of series SL12 and SLA12

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Installation aid OMH-05

Installation aid OMH-06

Installation aid OMH-07

Assembly aid OMH-MLV12-HWG

27.6

9.5

3.2

ø 12.2

19.1

27,5

M4 (4x)

51.5

ø12.2

3.2

45.5

5.3

4.5

4.3

6.5

30˚

20.5

30˚

5.1

1.5

R0,5

30˚

46.5

ø4.1

ø 12.2

27.5

9.5

3.2

32.9

28.1

19.6

9.7

105

Assembly aids and mounting setsAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

180

Mounting angle, small, for safety light

barriers of series SL12 and SLA12

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Clamping body for safety light barriers of

series SLA28, SL29 and SLA29

Material: Aluminium

Clamping body for safety light barriers of

series SL12 and SLA12

Material: Anodised aluminium

Clamping body for safety light barriers of

series SL12 and SLA12

Material: Anodised aluminium

Assembly aid OMH-MLV12-HWK

OMH-MLV11-K

Installation aid OMH-K01

Installation aid OMH-K02

5.3

4.5

4.3

6.5

30˚

26.5

20.5

30˚

5.1

1.5

R0,5

30˚

ø4.1

90˚

ø8.5

ø4.2

ø8.5

ø4.2

90˚

15.5 8.6

9.5

ø8.5

ø4.2

4.5

15.5 8.6

90˚

Assembly aids and mounting setsAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

181

Mounting angle for safety light curtains

SLC and safety light grids SLC.

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Mounting kit for safety light grids SLP,

SLPC and SLPCM and mirrors for SLP

and mirrors for SLC.

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Mounting set

MS SLC

Mounting set

MS SLP

55-68

22 30

8.4

4242

102

20.5

ø 8.5

42 6

16.4

6.4

16.4

6.4

Protective glass panes and holderAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

182

Protective gla ss panes and hol der

Mineral glass panes for the protection of

the light emission area of safety light

curtains (Example: Use near welding

robots to protect against sparks).

One packing unit contains 2 glass panes

(one each for sender and receiver).

Above 1050 mm protection field height

the protective glass panes are divided.

For the attachment of the protective

glass panes protective glass holder SLC

is required.

Support angle for installing the

protective glass panes at our safety light

curtains SLC.

The required number of packing units

can be found in the table above.

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Mineral glass panes for the protection of

the light emission area of safety light

grids SLP

(Example: Use near welding robots to

protect against sparks).

One packing unit contains 2 glass panes

(one each for sender and receiver).

For the attachment of the protective

glass panes protective glass holder SLP

is required.

Support angle for installing the

protective glass panes at our safety light

grids SLP.

Material: Nickel-plated sheet metal

Protective glass panes for SLC

Holder for protective glass

panes PG Holder SLC

Protective glass panes for SLP

Holder for protective glass

panes PG Holder SLP

Safety light

curtain

Order number of

corresponding protective

glass pane

Recommended number of

protective glass holders

SLC

(both sender and receiver)

SLCxx-150... PG SLC-150 2*

SLCxx-300... PG SLC-300 2*

SLCxx-450... PG SLC-450 2*

SLCxx-600... PG SLC-600 3*

SLCxx-750... PG SLC-750 3*

SLCxx-900... PG SLC-900 3*

SLCxx-1050... PG SLC-1050 5*

SLCxx-1200... PG SLC-1200 5*

SLCxx-1350... PG SLC-1350 5*

SLCxx-1500... PG SLC-1500 5*

SLCxx-1650... PG SLC-1650 6*

SLCxx-1800... PG SLC-1800 6*

Material strength 1.5

Safety light grids Order number of corresponding protective glass

SLPxx-2 PG SLP-2

SLPxx-3... PG SLP-3

SLPxx-4... PG-SLP-4

76.5

64.6

10.5

33.5

Alignment aidsAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

183

Alignment aids

This small spirit level is ideal for aligning

the profiles of product groups SLP and

SLC vertically and horizontally.

Laser alignment aid for safety light

barriers of series SLA28, SL29 and

SLA29

Included in the scope of delivery are the

base unit, the corresponding adapter

and the foil reflector.

Laser alignment aid for safety light grids

and safety light curtains in the profiles

SLP and SLC.

Included in the scope of delivery are the

base unit and the corresponding

adapter.

Dimensions:

Laser alignment aid SLP: L = 131 mm

Laser alignment aid SLC: L = 117 mm

Profile alignment aid

PA SLP/SLC

Laser alignment aid

BA SLA28

Laser alignment aid

BA SLP

BA SLC

Socket level

ø 19.5

M6x30 (SW10)

System surface for

SLA25 housing

Laser beam

Stirrup 90˚ rotated

39.6

80.9

13 7

181 ... 201

52 ... 72

System surface for

SLC or SLP profile

Laser beam

ø 39.6

63.7

MiscellaneousAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

184

Misce llaneous

Test rods for checking the resolution of

our safety light curtains.

Material: plastic

M16 screw connection for the lateral

cable feed to safety light curtains SLC.

Included in the scope of delivery are

2 screw connections and 1 blind cap.

Cable ties for the fastening and safe

laying of connection cables, especially

the connected muting sensors

Length L: 180 mm

Packing unit: 10 pieces

Test rods for SLC

Lateral screw connection

TC SLC(M16)

Cable ties

Binder SLPC/M

Safety light curtain Order number of the required test rod

SLC14-... TR SLC14

SLC30-... TR SLC30

SLC60-... TR SLC60

VISOLUX

108

MiscellaneousAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

185

Floor stand for all SLP/SLC variants.

Height: 1186 mm

Order number: UC SLP/SLC

Height: 1530 mm

Order number: <NewLine/>UC SLP/

SLC 1530 mm

The mounting set is included in the

scope of delivery.

Oscillation damper as start-up

protection for floor stand UC SLP/SLC

for all SLP/SLC variants.

The mounting set is included in the

scope of delivery.

Housing for floor stand.

Suited for all SLP/SLC variants with a

maximum protection field height of 1050

mm.

Illustration with light grid and stand

Floor stand

UC SLP/SLC

UC SLP/SLC 1530 mm

Start-up protection

Damping UC SLP/SLC

Housing

Enclosure UC SLP/SLC

Ground plate

Profile

9 mm bore hole (8x)

93.5

120

300

1186

395

745

1095

410

760

1110

93.5

120

300

1530

350

ø 30

Ground plate Shock absorber

300

Cover

Glass

Housing

1300

173

228

MiscellaneousAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

186

Sheet metal for Mounting the safety light

barriers SLA28 to the profiles of the

safety light grids SLP for the operating

mode muting.

Material: Sheet metal

Surface: Powder coating, yellow

RAL 1021

Supplied with fixings

Mounting angle for muting applications

with light grids SLPCM for the operating

mode muting.

Only a single assembly aid OMH-22 is

included in the scope of delivery.

Muting Set

MS SLP/SLA28

Muting Set

MS SLPCM

ø6.4 (2x)

M5 (6x)

157 15

187

10˚

Ground plate

Profile

Mounting bracket OMH-22

350 (30x60)

Order number Description Scope of delivery

MS Muting Set A Muting Set for SLPCM,

completely pre-assembled

for fitting to SLPCM

4x MS SLPCM

2x reflective light barrier RL28-55

2x connector V1

2x reflector C110

MS Muting Set B Muting Set for SLPCM,

completely pre-assembled

for fitting to SLPCM

4x MS SLPCM

4x reflective light barrier RL28-55

4x connector V1

4x reflector C110

4x mounting angle OMH-22

MS Muting Set C Muting Set for SLPCM, com-

pletely preassembled for

SLPCM for parallel pro tection

beam limited cross muting

4x MS SLPCM

2x reflective light barrier RL28-55

2x connector V1

2x reflector C110

MS Muting Set D Muting Set for SLPCM,

completely pre-assembled

for SLPCM for parallel

protection beam limited

cross muting

4x MS SLPCM

4x reflective light barrier RL28-55

4x connector V1

4x reflector C110

4x mounting angle OMH-22

MiscellaneousAccessories

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

187

Power unit for control units with

alternating voltage provision.

Power unit

SC PS 120-240VAC

22.5 1077

Guidelines and standards

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

188

Guideli nes a nd standards

Directives and standardisation

Machine directive

One of the basic requirements of the European Com-

munity, which is firmly established in the Roman con-

tracts, is to ensure the free flow of goods within

Europe. This means that a machine that complies with

national specifications and standards may be market-

ed without restrictions within Europe.

In order for this requirement to be met, all national

standards everywhere in Europe must be the same

(harmonised).

The European community has passed directives that

should be seen as "supreme laws" for national legisla-

tion. These "supreme laws" must be adopted into na-

tional law and country-specific safety requirements

and approval requirements must be revised accord-

ingly.

Directive 89/392/EEC "Basic health and safety re-

quirements for the construction and manufacture of

machines and safety components“ applies to ma-

chines. This directive became part of the Device Safe-

ty Law in Germany with the 9th decree.

CE marking

Every manufacturer should be concerned with all de-

tails related to the Machine Directive. Manufacturers

should be familiar with and use the appropriate harmo-

nised standards for their machines. In addition, it is

possible that other guidelines may apply to a manufac-

turer's products (for example the low-voltage direc-

tive), which must also be taken into consideration.

After implementing the required measures, the manu-

facturer issues an EU declaration of conformity for

each machine and affixes the CE symbol. This symbol

indicates that the machine so designated is in con-

formity with requirements that apply to it. Since this

declaration is issued on the manufacturer's own re-

sponsibility, the manufacturer bears the entire respon-

sibility for the safety of the machine and, in the case of

a safety defect, is also liable (product liability).

Standardisation

So as not to impede further technical development,

guidelines contain only general or basic requirements.

Detailed requirements may be found in standards. Eu-

ropean standards are adopted by each member as

part of the national structure of standards. Observ-

ance of the applicable standards is sufficient grounds

to assume that the machine satisfies the requirements

of the corresponding guidelines. Use of standards is

not compulsory. What is important is simply that the

required safety goal be achieved. Only in the case

where no standards are used must the manufacturer

perform a complete risk analysis and identify and im-

plement the necessary measures. These are tasks

that may be highly complex.

If no EN standards are available, national standards

may be used.

Safety standards are classified as follows:

Type A:

Basic requirements, valid for all machines; example:

General design aspects

Type B:

Group standards to be used for different machine

groups; examples: Risk evaluation, constructional as-

pects, distances and speeds, surface temperatures ...

Type C:

Product standards, applicable to defined types of ma-

chines. Safety-related equipment is defined in stand-

ards of this type. It can thus be directly tested;

example: hydraulic presses, packaging machines, pal-

let loaders etc.

Overview of standards (not complete)

Type A standards

• DIN EN 292 Safety of machines, basic concepts,

leading design principles

Part 1: Basic terminology

Part 2: Main technical principles and specifications

Type B standards

B standards are subdivided into B1 (higher-order safe-

ty aspects) and B2 (description of general safety

equipment).

B1 standards

• DIN EN 294 Safety distances to prevent persons

from reaching hazardous locations with the upper

limbs.

• DIN EN 547 Human body dimensions

Part 1: Basic principles for determining dimensions

of entire-body access

Part 2: Basic principles for measuring access open-

ings

• EN 999 Layout of safety equipment in respect to ap-

proach speeds of body parts

• DIN EN 349 Minimum distances for preventing body

parts from being jammed

• DIN EN 811 Safety distances to prevent persons

from reaching hazardous locations with the lower

limbs.

• DIN EN 626 Reducing the health hazard from haz-

ardous substances that emerge from the machine

Part 1: Basic principles and determinations for ma-

chine manufacturers

Part 2: Methodology for setting up verification pro-

cedures

• DIN EN 954 Safety-related parts of machines

Part 1: General principles of design

• DIN EN 60 204 Electrical equipment for machines

Part 1: General design principles

Guidelines and standards

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

189

B2 standards

• DIN EN 1088 Locking equipment used in combina-

tion with protective devices – Main principles for de-

sign and selection

• DIN EN 953 General requirements for design and

construction of movable protective equipment (fixed

and movable)

• DIN EN 61496 No-contact safety equipment

• DIN EN 418 EMERGENCY OFF equipment, func-

tional aspects, main design principles

• DIN EN 574 Two-handed switching, functional as-

pects, main design principles

• DIN EN 1037 Avoiding unexpected startup

Type C standards

Because of the great volume of "Type C“ standards,

only a few excerpts of the types of machines that are

covered are listed.

• Elevators/hoisting devices

• Construction and construction equipment machines

• Printing and paper machines

• Flat conveyor vehicles

• Tanning machines

• Foundry machines

• Rubber and plastic machines

• Woodworking

• Industrial robots

• Industrial centrifuges

• Compressors

• Cranes

• Agricultural and forestry machines

• Lasers and laser systems

• Food products machines

• Sewing machines

• Surface processing equipment

• Shelf loading and unloading equipment

• Footwear and leatherwear machines

• Continuous conveyors

• Textile machines

• Thermoprocess systems

• Packaging machines

• Heat pumps, refrigeration systems

• Tool machines

Additional information

You can find additional information on the Internet un-

der the following addresses:

Source Internet address

Beuth Verlag beuth.de

DIN din.de

DKE dke.de

CENELEC cenelec.org

IEC iec.ch

Accident prevention

requirements

bc-verlag.de/uvven

European directives europa.eu.int/eur-lex/de/oj

List of standards

under the respective

European directives:

europa.eu.int/comm/enter-

prise/newapproach/

index.htm

Protection types provided by housing

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

190

Protectio n types provided by housi ng

Protection types provided by housing

(DIN VDE 0470 Part 1, EN 60529)

Notes:

• If an identifying number is not required, please use the letter "X" in its place.

• Devices identified with a second digit 7 or 8 do not have to fulfil the requirements of the second digits 5 or 6 unless they have

a double identification (e.g. IPX6/IPX7).

Degree of protection against contact and foreign bodies Degree of protection against water

0 - Not protected 0 - Not protected

1 - Protected against contact with hazardous components

with the backs of the hand

- Protected against solid foreign bodies with a size and

diameter 50 mm and above

1 - Protected against dripping water

2 - Protected against contact with hazardous

components with fingers

- Protected against solid foreign bodies

with a size and diameter of 12.5 mm or above

2 - Protected against dripping water

when housing is tilted up to 15°

3 - Protected against contact with hazardous components

with a tool

- Protected against solid foreign bodies with a size and

diameter of 2.5 mm or above

3 - Protected against sprayed water

4 - Protected against contact with hazardous

components with a wire

- Protected against solid foreign bodies with a size and

diameter of 1.0 mm or above

4 - Protected against splash water

5 - Protected against contact with hazardous parts

with a wire

- Protection from dust

5 - Protected against water jets

6 - Protected against contact with hazardous

components with a wire

- Protected against dust

6 - Protected against strong water jets

7 - Protected against temporary

submersion in water

8 - Protected against continuous

submersion in water

9 - protected from water at high pressure/steam

jet cleaning

IP 6 7

Devices options

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

191

Devices options

Device options

To ensure the best possible adaptation to your application, specific products are available, in addition to there se-

ries designs, also in various electrical designs with different types of connectors or additional useful options.

In the following table, you will find a list of options offered for special products. These device options are appended

to the description of the device as numeric codes in ascending order separated by a frontslash (/) (example: SLA28/

106/116).

Example for device options:

SLA28/35/106/116 R=65m

Detection range = 65 m

Electrical connection in the terminal compartment

Design for the extended temperature range -35 °C ... 55 °C

with heated front panel

Device design with detection range deviating from the series

Series

Option Description

/31 Relay output instead of transistor output.

/33 Length of the cable connector deviating from the series design.

Preferred lengths: 5 m and 10 m.

The length of the cable is specified at the end of the type code in plain text.

Example: K=5m.

/35 Detection or sensing range that deviates from the series.

The detection range is specified at the end of the type code in plain text.

Example: R=65m.

/60 Connection option plastic connector, 6-pin + earth ground wire.

Unassembled angled mating connector included with delivery.

/73c Connection option plastic connector, 4-pin with M12 threading.

Assignment in accordance with European standard. Cable connector not included with

delivery.

/92 Connection option metal connector, 4-pin with M12 threading.

Assignment in accordance with European standard.

/105 Connection option plastic connector, 5-pin with M12 threading.

Assignment in accordance with European standard. Cable connector not included with

delivery.

/106 Extended temperature range -35 °C ... 55 °C with heated front panel.

The electrical connections of the front panel heater are separate. Operation is based on a

fixed voltage of 24 V DC ±20 %.

/116 Connection option - terminal compartment.

/129 With contactor monitor/relay monitor

/130 With reduced response time

/133 For use in hazardous area, zone 2

/151 Connection option metal connector, 8-pin with M12 threading.

/152 Muting lamp LED, 24 V DC ... 28 V DC

Type code

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

192

Type c ode

SLA5S-R/92 K=5m

Specified in plain text

For option 33: K = cable length

For option 35: R = detection range

device option

/ = Options follow after the front slash (see device options)

T = Transmitter

R = Receiver

Special design - lateral light exit

Series

Design

Design SLA:

Safety through beam sensors for operation on control units SLVA and SC4-8

Special designs:

-2442: Seal test for protection class IP67, cast.

SLPC10-3-T-L/31

/ = Options follow after the front slash (see device options)

L = Lamp

T = Transmitter

R = Receiver

Number of beams

Detection range in m

Design

Safety through beam sensors

Safety light grid

Designs

SLP Safety light grid for external control units

SLPC Safety light grid with internal control unit

SLPCM Safety light grid with internal control unit, with muting

SLC Safety light grid with internal control unit in the SLC profile

Designs

-T Transmitter

-R Receiver

-A Active transmitter and receiver (transceiver)

-M Mirror pillar (mirror)

Type code

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

193

SLC14-600-T-S/31

/ = Options follow after the front slash

(See device options)

S = Slave

T = Transmitter

R = Receiver

M = Mirror (mirror pillar)

Protective field height in mm

Size of obstruction in mm

Design o SLC safety light curtain

SB4-OR-4CP-xx

Assembly slot 3 to 8 (variable)

Variable configuration of the module types

Assembly slot 2, sensor card module 4 channels (with CPU)

Minimum configuration: 4 sensor channels with LED status display

Assembly slot 1, OSSD-R/supply-module

Minimum configuration: 2 relay OSSDs with operating mode adjustment

(restart, monitor) and 7 segment LED display, LEDs red/green, yellow

SB4 -SAFEBOX category 4

SB4 Housing Backplane provides 2 ... 8 slots for plug-in cards

Supplies the individual modules with voltage

Connects the modules mechanically and electrically

Safety light curtain

Control units SafeBox

Glossary

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

194

Glossary

Activation current

The current that must be flowing to

change the signal input to activat-

ed status.

Activation time

The time or period of time within

which an input must be activated

to initiate the desired function.

Alignment aid

Combination of all measures that

support the optical alignment of a

sensor. Laser alignment aid, align-

ment aids for profiles here.

Ambient temperature (operating)

⇒ Operating temperature

Ambient temperature (storage)

⇒ Storage temperature

Angle of divergence

The maximum angular divergence

from the optical axis of the light

emitted from the transmitter and

the light received by the receiver in

which the optical sensor works

during normal operation.

Approvals

Permission to operate the sensor

under defined ambient conditions.

Different approval conditions must

be fulfilled for different countries.

Beam distance

Indicates the distance between

two transmitter beams with light

grids.

Connection

Type of connection of the sensor

to the consumer and power sup-

ply.

Connector, cable, terminals.

Diagnostic display

Display of status, operating hours,

functions and error states.

EDM

External Device Monitoring, nor-

mally closed contact of safety

components downstream in the

circuit that indicates when switch-

ing has been performed for a haz-

ardous action; also relay monitor.

Effective operating distance

Detection range with sufficient sta-

bility control.

Function display

A display of the switching state of

an optical sensor by an integrated

LED.

Height of the protected area

The vertical range in which a pro-

tective field is set up with the aid of

a photoelectronic protective de-

vice between the transmitter and

the receiver.

Laser class

Categorisation of a sensor de-

pending on the output intensity of

the emitted laser light. For exam-

ple, laser class I designates sen-

sors with the lowest level of

emission. These sensors are

therefore referred to as safe for the

eye.

Light transmitter

Describes the light-emitting com-

ponent (for example a laser diode,

IRED).

Light type

The type of emitted light, for exam-

ple red or infrared.

Muting

Bypass of the protective function

of no-contact safety equipment, in

accordance with requirements.

No load current

Current consumption of a device to

which no additional devices draw-

ing power are connected.

Electrosensitive protection equip-

ment

German: BWS

Normal muting

Muting initiated by pressing a but-

ton to eliminate a backup of mate-

rial, also includes override.

Number of beams

Indicates the number of transmitter

beams of a sensor. The number of

beams is especially relevant for

light grids and curtains.

Operating components

Adjustment components (for ex-

ample push buttons) for adjusting

the detection range or time range.

Components for changing param-

eters of the device (for example

mode of operation, time range, de-

tection range, etc.).

Operating display

The component (LED, 7-segment

display) that indicates whether the

operating voltage is present.

Operating temperature

Indicates the temperature range in

which the sensor may be operated

while maintaining the rest of the

technical data.

Operating voltage

The voltage for which the sensor is

designed (without residual ripple).

Optical outlet material

Identifies the material of which the

sensors light exit surface is made

(for example glass or plastic).

Optical surface

The surface through which the

emitted light leaves the housing or

through which the received light

enters the housing of the sensor.

OSSD

Output switching components of

the safety circuit of the electrosen-

sitive protection equipment, output

signal switching device in accord-

ance with EN 61496-1.

Output of the pre-fault indication

The output switches before failure

of the sensor because of insuffi-

cient signal reserve due to dirt or

improper adjustment.

Parallel muting

Simultaneously activated muting

sensors jointly trigger muting.

Pre-fault indicator

Indicates insufficient signal re-

serve because of dirt or improper

adjustment before the failure of the

sensor. It can therefore be used as

an aid in adjustment as well.

Glossary

Additional Information

Date of edition 05/17/2006

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

195

Protection class

EN40050 classifies protection of

electrical equipment against con-

tact, ingress of objects or water

through the housing, coverings,

etc.

The IP abbreviation consists of the

letters IP (International Protection)

and two numbers:

1. Number: Level of protection

against contact and foreign bodies

2. Number: Level of protection

against ingress of water.

Protection class

Housing and insulation class is

subdivided into different classes.

Protection class 0:

No longer permitted in Germany

for about 30 years. Still permitted

in some countries of the EC in

some cases. Protection against

electrical shock is based on basic

insulation; a protective conductor

cannot be connected. Protection

against failure of the basic insula-

tion must be ensured by the envi-

ronment.

Protection class I:

Protection is based not only on ba-

sic insulation, but also on the fact

that all parts (bodies) capable of

conducting a current must be con-

nected with the protective conduc-

tor of the fixed installation.

Protection is based on the use of

low protective voltage.

Protection class II:

Protection is based not only on

basic insulation, but also on the

fact double or reinforced insulation

is arranged so as to satisfy the

condition for protective insulation.

Protection class III:

Protection is based on the use of

protective low voltage. The nomi-

nal voltage must not exceed 50 V~

or 120 V-.

Protective beam limited muting

If all protective beams are free,

muting is terminated.

Protective field width

The horizontal range in which a

protective field is set up with the

aid of a photoelectronic protective

device between the transmitter

and the receiver.

Reset

Reset of the electrosensitive pro-

tection equipment to the starting

status.

Resolution

Minimum required size of an object

to be reliably detected in the entire

protective field range.

Response time:

Time between the interruption of

the light beam and the signal

change at the output (OSSD).

Restart

Enabling the startup of the no-con-

tact safety equipment from the

startup/restart interlock status.

Safety output

Switch output on which a moni-

tored switch signal may be provid-

ed (OSSD, output signal switching

device). A special test is conduct-

ed to determine whether the output

is capable of interrupting the cir-

cuit. For example, two force direct-

ed relay contacts relay contacts or

monitored semiconductor outputs

can be safety outputs.

Sequential muting

Muting sensors activated one after

the other jointly trigger muting.

Signal outputs

Switch output of a device.

Size of the obstruction

The minimum required size of an

object in order to interrupt a single

beam.

Stability control

The distance of the receiver signal

from the optical barrier before the

lower limit of the switching point of

the optical barrier.

Startup/restart interlock

Device that prevents OSSDs from

turning on after the protective field

has become free.

Storage temperature

Indicates the temperature range in

which the sensor may be stored.

Switching current

The maximum current that can be

switched through the signal out-

put.

Switching power

The maximum power that can be

switched through the signal out-

put.

Switching voltage

The maximum voltage that can be

switched through the signal out-

put.

Test input

Depending on the design, the sen-

sor function can be verified exter-

nally via the test input with either

UB+ or 0V. If the test is successful,

a signal change will occur at the

time of the test.

Time-window limited muting

If a muting sensor is activated for

longer than a specified time span,

the OSSDs are turned off.

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

196

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

Austria

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH

Industriestraße B 13

2345 BRUNN/GEB.

Telephone +43-2236-33441

Telefax +43-2236-31682

info@at.pepperl-fuchs.com

Bahrain

Texas Technical Services

(FA + PA Representation)

P.O. Box: 11302

MANAMA

Telephone +973-17789555

Telefax +973-17789666

textech@batelco.com.bh

Baltic States

ELEKOMS Ltd.

(PA Distributor)

Turaidas Str. 10

LV-1012 RIGA, Latvija

Telephone +371-7336444

Telefax +371-7336448

elekoms@apollo.lv

Belgium

Pepperl+Fuchs N.V.

Metropoolstraat 11

2900 SCHOTEN

Telephone +32-3-6442500

Telefax +32-3-6442441

sales@be.pepperl-fuchs.com

Bulgaria

Process Control

(PA Distributor)

Tzarichina Str. 1

1505 SOFIA

Telephone +359-2-703549

Telefax +359-2-703549

processcontrol@bulmail.net

Croatia

EL-PRO D.O.O.

(FA + PA Distributor)

Fallerovo Setaliste 22

10000 ZAGREB

Telephone +385-1-3680047

Telefax +385-1-3667428

el-pro@htnet.hr

Czech Republic

Pepperl+Fuchs s.r.o.

Sokolovská 79

18600 PRAG 8

Telephone +420-221115-540

Telefax +420-221115-550

info@cz.pepperl-fuchs.com

Denmark

Pepperl+Fuchs A/S

Stamholmen 173

2650 HVIDOVRE

Telephone +45-70104210

Telefax +45-70104211

info@dk.pepperl-fuchs.com

Egypt

Pepperl+Fuchs Egypt (LLC)

(FA + PA Office)

9 Abd Al Hamied Lotfy Street, Zone 8

Nasr City

CAIRO

Telephone +20-2-2721097

Telefax +20-2-2756096

mesmat@pepperl-fuchs.com.eg

Finland

SensoNor Oy

Kartanontie 20

00330 HELSINKI

Telephone +358-9-4777200

Telefax +358-9-47772020

joel.patrikka@sensonor.fi

France

Pepperl+Fuchs SARL

12 Avenue des Tropiques

91955 COURTABOEUF CEDEX

Telephone +33-1-60921313

Telefax +33-1-60921325

commercial@fr.pepperl-fuchs.com

Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Drehgeber GmbH

Föhrenstraße 33

78532 TUTTLINGEN

Telephone +49-7461-9298-0

Telefax +49-7461-9298-22

ygrabowski@de.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs EXTEC GmbH

Schorndorfer Straße 55

73730 ESSLINGEN

Telephone +49-711-313455-0

Telefax +49-711-315455-29

info@extec.de

Omnitron AG

Aktiengesellschaft für

optoelektronische Geräte

Im Leuschnerpark 4

64347 GRIESHEIM

Telephone +49-6155-605314

Telefax +49-6155-874012

Visolux, Zweigniederlassung

der Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH

Prinzenstraße 85

10969 BERLIN

Telephone +49-30-61672-0

Telefax +49-30-61672-468

Great Britain

Pepperl+Fuchs GB Ltd.

(FA + PA Distributor)

77 Ripponden Road

OLDHAM OL1 4EL, Lancashire

Telephone +44-161-6336431

Telefax +44-161-6246537

sales@gb.pepperl-fuchs.com

Greece

Uteco A.B.E.E.

5, Mavrogenous Street

18542 PIRAEUS

Telephone +30-104210050

Telefax +30-104212033

uteco@uteco.gr

Hungary

Pepperl+Fuchs Kft.

(FA)

Kistó Utca 16-18

8200 VESZPRÉM

Telephone +36-88-590100

Telefax +36-88-590133

mpozsgai@hu.pepperl-fuchs.com

Iceland

Tölvusalan ehf.

Suourlandsbraut 20

P.O. Box 8960

128 REYKJAVIK

Telephone +354-5-500450

Telephone +354-5-500454

Telefax +354-5-500402

Zentrale weltweit

Worldwide Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH

Königsberger Allee 87

68307 MANNHEIM

Telephone +49-621-776-0

Telefax +49-621-776-1000

info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

197

Iran

Asan Sazan Farayand

(FA + PA Representation)

Unit No. 17, No. 7, Taghavi Street

Soherevardi Shomali Ave.

15686 TEHRAN

Telephone +98-21-8458401

Telefax +98-21-8440915

Ireland

Insteco Ltd.

The Coach House

Slane

Co Meath

Telephone +353-41-9884288

Telefax +353-41-9884292

Israel

Kama Ltd.

(FA + PA Distributor)

20 Hametsuda St.

58190 AZOR

Telephone +972-3-5567747

Telefax +972-3-5567548

Kama@netvision.net.il

Italy

Pepperl+Fuchs ELCON SRL

Via delle Arti e Mestieri, 4

20050 SULBIATE (Milano)

Telephone +39-039-62921

Telefax +39-039-6292240

info@it.pepperl-fuchs.com

Kenya

Shankan Enterprises Ltd.

P. O. Box 44432

NAIROBI

Telephone +254-2-440093

Telefax +254-2-441820

dks@kenyaonline.com

Kuwait

Almeer Technical Services

Co. W.L.L.

(FA + PA Representation)

P.O. Box 9240

61003 AHMDAI

Telephone +965-3986594

Telefax +965-3980682

talal@almeer.com

Netherlands

Pepperl+Fuchs B.V.

Het Wielsem 10

5231 BW‘s-HERTOGENBOSCH

Telephone +31-73-6409388

Telefax +31-73-6444749

sales@nl.pepperl-fuchs.com

Norway

Elteco A/S

Postboks 96

Floodmyrveien 24

3901 PORSGRUNN

Telephone +47-35-573800

Telefax +47-35-573849

firmapost@elteco.no

Oman

Riyam Engineering & Services L.L.C

(FA + PA Representation)

P.O. Box: 1931

112 RUWI

Telephone +968-594960

Telefax +968-595536

riyam@omantel.net.om

Pakistan

Techno-Commercial

Engineers-Representations

18-24, Farid Plaza - Shadman 65

G.P.O. Box 937

54000 LAHORE

Telephone +92-42-7584390

Telefax +92-42-7581771

eswaat@brain.net.pk

Tariq Electric House

1, Wahab Arcade, Near Denso Hall

M. A. Jinnah Road

74200 KARACHI

Telephone +92-21-2628409

Telefax +92-21-2624460

teh@super.net.pk

Poland

INTEX Sp.zo.o.

(PA Distributor)

ul. W. Pola 16

44-100 GLIWICE

Telephone +48-32-2307516

Telefax +48-32-2307517

intex@intex.com.pl

Portugal

Pepperl+Fuchs, S.A.

Txori-Erri Etorbidea, 46

Polígono Izarza

48150 SONDIKA (Vizcaya) (Spain)

Telephone +349-4-4535020

Telefax +349-4-4535180

sov@es.pepperl-fuchs.com

Qatar

Doha Petroleum Construction

Co. Ltd. (DOPET)

(FA + PA Representation)

P.O. Box 1744

DOHA

Telephone +974-4600350

Telefax +974-4606347

bhargav@dopet.com

Romania

Syscom 18 Srl.

(FA + PA Distributor)

Calea Plevnei 139B, Sector 6

060011 BUCHAREST

Telephone +40-21-3102678

Telefax +40-21-2229176

syscom@syscom.ro

Russia

Pepperl+Fuchs Russia

(FA + PA Office)

Ul. 4-aya Magistralnaya, 11

Bld. 1, 8 Floor

123007 MOSCOW

Telephone +7-095-9958842

Telefax +7-095-2595872

info@pepperl-fuchs.ru

Prosoft Ltd.

(FA + PA Distributor)

108 Profsoyznaya Str.

119313 MOSCOW

Telephone +7-095-2340636

Telefax +7-095-9783934

root@prosoft.ru

Saudi Arabia

GAS Arabian Services Est.

(FA + PA Representation)

P. O. Box 10487

31961 AL-JUBAIL

Telephone +966-3-3472696

Telefax +966-3-3473480

Slovakia

Pepperl+Fuchs s.r.o.

Sokolovská 79

18600 PRAG 8

(Czech Republic)

Telephone +420-221115-540

Telefax +420-221115-550

info@cz.pepperl-fuchs.com

South Africa

P & F Products cc

P.O. Box 2809

60, Fourth Ave.

EDENVALE 1610

Telephone +27-11-6098188

Telefax +27-11-4522026

info@pandf.co.za

Spain

Pepperl+Fuchs, S.A.

Head Office

Txori-Erri Etorbidea, 46

Polígono Izarza

48150 SONDIKA (Vizcaya)

Telephone +349-4-4535020

Telefax +349-4-4535180

sov@es.pepperl-fuchs.com

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

198

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

Sweden

Pepperl+Fuchs AB

Bultgatan 40 b

442 40 KUNGÄLV

Telephone +46-303-246070

Telefax +46-303-246089

info@se.pepperl-fuchs.com

Switzerland

Pepperl+Fuchs AG

Sägeweg 7

2557 STUDEN/BE

Telephone +41-32-3747676

Telefax +41-32-3747678

info@ch.pepperl-fuchs.com

Turkey

Net Muhendislik A.S.

(FA Representation)

Perpa Ticaret Merkezi A

Blok kat: 5 No: 174/176

Okmeydani ISTANBUL

Telephone +90-212-2109354

Telefax +90-212-2109359

info@netmuh.com.tr

STOKS Ltd.

(PA Representation)

Zümrütevler Mah. Visne Sokak No. 5

Maltepe

34852 ISTANBUL

Telephone +90-216-4417009

Telefax +90-216-4591290

United Arab Emirates

Pepperl+Fuchs (M.E.) FZE

P.O. Box 61398

CA-1, Near Round About 8

Jebel Ali Free Zone

DUBAI

Telephone +971-4-8838378

Telefax +971-4-8838627

info@ae.pepperl-fuchs.com

United Eastern Group

(FA + PA Representation)

P. O. Box 7615

ABU DHABI

Telephone +971-2-6272737

Telefax +971-2-6270048

kanone@ueg.co.ae

Nils & Abbas Trading Co. L.L.C.

P. O. Box 26564

DUBAI

Telephone +971-4-3390044

Telefax +971-4-3388732

jens@nilsabbas.com

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

199

Anguilla

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Antigua

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Argentina

Bruno Schillig S.A.

Arenales (Dip. Ortiz) 4030

1602 Florida,

BUENOS AIRES

Telephone +54-11-47301100

Telefax +54-11-47617244

schillig@schillig.com.ar

Aruba

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Bahamas

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Barbados

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Belize

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Bermuda

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Bolivia

Hiller Electric SA

Av. El Trompillo 573

Casilla 370

SANTA CRUZ

Telephone +591-3-3524484

Telefax +591-3-3526404

mail@hillerelectric.com.bo

Brazil

Pepperl+Fuchs Ltda.

Rua Agostino Pelosini, 73/81

Vila Olga

CEP 09720-220 SAO BERNARDO

DO CAMPO

Telephone +55-11-43399935

Telefax +55-11-43387547

vendas@br.pepperl-fuchs.com

British Virgin Islands

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Canada

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Cayman Islands

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Chile

Desimat Ingenieria Ltda.

(FA Representation)

Rut.: 78.131.420-K

Av. Puerto Vespucio 9670

Loteo Industrial Puerto Santiago

PUDAHUEL-SANTIAGO

Telephone +56-2-7470152

Telefax +56-2-7470153

importaciones@desimat.cl

INECO Ltda.

Avda Ejercito 16, Piso 4

6510449 SANTIAGO DE CHILE

Telephone +56-2-4638600

Telefax +56-2-4411023

industrial@ineco.cl

Colombia

Instrumentos & Controles

(PA Representation)

Calle 39 No. 22 - 45

BOGOTA, D.C.

Telephone +57-1-2088080

Telefax +57-1-2088060

cgomez@iycsa.com.co

Sensortec

(FA + PA Distributor)

Calle 95

#9A-08

BOGOTA, D.C.

Telephone +57-14007018

Telefax +57-14006945

Alfatecnica Export

(FA + PA Distributor)

Calle 95

#9A-08

BOGOTA, D.C.

Telephone +57-14007018

Telefax +57-14006945

H & D Export

(FA + PA Distributor)

Calle 95

#9A-08

BOGOTA, D.C.

Telephone +57-14007018

Telefax +57-14006945

Costa Rica

Elvatron S.A.

(PA Representation)

400 Metros Norte de la Agencia

del Banco de Costa Rica

La Uruca SAN JOSE

Telephone +506-2961060

Telefax +506-2190298

elkin.suarez@elvatron.com

Euro-Tec S.A.

(PA Distributor)

Apartado Postal 477-1250

SAN JOSE

Telephone +506-3847869

Telefax +506-2961542

eurotec@sol.racsa.co.cr

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Cuba

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Zentrale USA

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

1600 Enterprise Parkway

TWINSBURG OHIO, 44087

Telephone +1-330-4253555

Telefax +1-330-4254607

sales@us.pepperl-fuchs.com

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

200

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

Dominica

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Dominican Republic

Garlas Controls

(FA Distributor)

Euclides Morillo No. 55 Aroyo Hondo

SANTO DOMINGO

Telephone +1-809-5633226

Telefax +1-809-5633498

garlas.control@codetel.net.do

P.A.S. Technologies

(PA Representation)

Julio N. Matos/Industrial Park

Ed. Rona #22, Local

00987 CAROLINA (Puerto Rico)

Telephone +1-787-7522370

Telefax +1-787-7683260

Ecuador

Alfatecnica S.A.

Cll 93 No. 19-75

SANTAFE DE BOGOTA D.C.

(Colombia)

Telephone +57-1-5300808

Telefax +57-1-538388

sales@us.pepperl-fuchs.com

Soltec

(FA + PA Distributor)

Condominios Luluncoto

Bloque Illiniza A Depto 102

QUITO

Telephone +593-22607096

Telefax +593-22607096

Sistemas y Equipos Industriales S.A.

(PA Representation)

Rumipamba E2-64 y Av. República

Ed. Alex. Ofic. 202

QUITO

Telephone +593-22459859

Telefax +593-22444278

El Salvador

Proyect Asesoria Industrial

S.A. de C.V.

(FA + PA Distributor)

Av. Los Diplomáticos 1318

Barrio San Jacinto

SAN SALVADOR

Telephone +503-2802221

Telefax +503-2701731

ElSalvador@GrupoProyect.com

Elvatron S.A.

(PA Representation)

400 Metros Norte de la Agencia

del Banco de Costa Rica, La Uruca

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2961060

Telefax +506-2190298

elkin.suarez@elvatron.com

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Grenada

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Guatemala

Proyect Asesoria Industrial

S.A. de C.V.

(FA + PA Distributor)

43 Calle A 5-01 Zona 12

Col. Monte Maria II

GUATEMALA

Telephone +502-4794120

Telefax +502-4791430

guatemala@grupoproyect.com

Prysa

(FA + PA Distributor)

Km 16.3 Carretera El Salvador

SANTA CATARINA PINULA

Telephone +502-6373229

Telefax +502-6373228

alvaromonzon@yahoo.com

Esinsa

(PA Representation)

20 Calle 9-63 Z. 11

MARISCAL

Telephone +502-4424606

Telefax +502-4424605

jorge.minoz@esinsa.com

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Haiti

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Honduras

Proyect Asesoria Industrial

S.A. de C.V.

(PA Distributor)

43 Calle A 5-01 Zona 12

Col. Monte Maria II

GUATEMALA

Telephone +502-4794120

Telefax +502-4791430

proyect@navegante.com.sv

Cilasa

(FA + PA Distributor)

Barrio los andes entre 14 y 15

avenida 7, calle A, contiguo a

PecosBill

SAN PEDRO ZULA

Telephone +504-5571146

Telefax +504-5571149

remorale@mayanet.hn

Inelsa

(FA + PA Distributor)

Colonia San Carlos de Sula

Casa #18 Bloque 33

SAN PEDRO ZULA

Telephone +504-5540988

mianzel@sulanet.net

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Jamaica

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Martinique

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Mexiko

Pepperl+Fuchs México, S.A. de C.V.

(Head Quarter)

Blvd. Xola 613, Ph-4

Col. Del Valle

03100 MEXICO D.F.

Telephone +52-55-56391951

Telefax +52-55-56398865

pfmexico@mpsnet.com.mx

Montserrat

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

201

Nicaragua

Elvatron S.A.

(PA Representation)

400 Metros Norte de la Agencia

del Banco de Costa Rica La Uruca

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2961060

Telefax +506-2190298

elkin.suarez@elvatron.com

Proyect Asesoria Industrial

S.A. de C.V.

(PA Distributor)

Calle 27 de mayode Montoya

50 varas arriba

MANAGUA

Telephone +503-2802221

Telefax +503-2701731

proyect@navegante.com.sv

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamperados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Panama

JR Controls Industrial & Automation

(FA Representation)

100 Metros Norte de la Cruz

Roja Desamparados

SAN JOSE (Costa Rica)

Telephone +506-2597904

Telefax +506-2504558

Peru

Desimat Peru S.A.

(FA Representation)

Av. Enrique Salazar Barreto 280

LIMA

Telephone +51-1-2731892

Telefax +51-1-2720054

ventasperu1@desimat.cl

Puerto Rico

Hi-Tech Products

(FA Representation/PA Distributor)

Ave Sanchez Osorio #2

00983 CAROLINA PR

Telephone +1-787-2571707

Telefax +1-787-2761888

hi-tech@hi-techproducts.com

P.A.S. Technologies

(PA Representation)

Julia N. Matos/Industrial Park

Ed. Rona #22, Local

00987 CAROLINA PR

Telephone +1-787-7522370

Telefax +1-787-7683260

St. Kitts & Navis

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

St. Lucia

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

St. Martin

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

St. Vincent

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Trinidad & Tobago

Industrial System & Controls

(FA + PA Representation)

Isaac Street

COUVA

Telephone +1-868-6369704

Telefax +1-868-6360948

Turks & Caicos

Address see

USA Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Venezuela

Empresas Norte-Sur C. A.

Innovantis Technologies

(PA Representation)

Ave. Rio Caura Torre Humbolt

Of. 12-12, Prados del Este

CARACAS

Telephone +58-212-9750355

Telefax +58-212-9750082

ruben.fabbro@innovantis.biz

GPM Instrumentación

(FA + PA Distributor)

Urbanización Unare II Paseo

Caroni Torre INCA, Piso 2 Off 3

PUERTO ORDAZ

Telephone +58-286-9524884

Telefax +58-286-9524796

gpmins@telcel.net.ve

Suplidora Instrumatic C.A.

(FA Representation)

Urb Industrial Carabobo

Avenida Norte 17-18 #86-41

VALENCIA

Telephone +58-241-8327311

Telefax +58-241-8329819

Virgin Islands

P.A.S. Technologies

(PA Representation)

Julia N. Matos

Park Ed. Rona #22, Local

00987 CAROLINA (Puerto Rico)

Telephone +1-787-7522370

Telefax +1-787-7683260

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

202

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

Australia

Pepperl+Fuchs Australia Pty Ltd.

Unit 7/72-74 Chifley Drive

PRESTON, VICTORIA 3072

Telephone +61-3-94958600

Telefax +61-3-94846366

sales@au.pepperl-fuchs.com

China

Pepperl+Fuchs Automation Co. Ltd.

Shanghai (FA Head Office)

No. 9, Lane 163 Tan Jia Qiao Road

200070 SHANGHAI

Telephone +86-21-56525989

Telefax +86-21-56527164

info@cn.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs Beijing Rep. Office

(PA Head Office)

Prime Tower, Room 2007

No. 22 Chao Yang Men Wai Street

BEIJING 100020

Telephone +86-10-65885143

Telefax +86-10-65885144

pf-china@public3.bta.net.cn

Pepperl+Fuchs Pte. Ltd.

Shanghai Representation Office

(PA Rep. Office)

218 Tainmu West Road, Room 2509

Kerry Everbright City Tower 1

200070 SHANGHAI

Telephone +86-21-63542910

Telefax +86-21-63546536

pfshapa@public8.sta.net.cn

Unicorn International Trading Co.

(FA Representation)

Room 1208 Shui On Centre

6-8 Harbour Road

WANCHAI, Hong Kong

Telephone +852-25283558

Telefax +852-25289371

fooberhk@netvigator.com

Pepperl+Fuchs Automation Co. Ltd.

Guangzhou Office of Shanghai

(PA & FA Office)

Room G 13/F, No. 1 Building

No. 445 Tian He Bei Road,

Tianhe District

510062 GUANGZHOU

Telephone +86-20-38805159

Telefax +86-20-38808505

pfgzoo@public.guangzhou.gd.cn

India

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Head Office)

Plot No. 10, 3rd Main, 1st Stage

Peenya Industrial Estate

BANGALORE 560058

Telephone +91-80-28378030

Telefax +91-80-28378031

info@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Regional Sales Office - North)

305, Ansal Chamber II

6, Bhikaji Cama Place

NEW DELHI 110066

Telephone +91-11-26170207

Telefax +91-11-26166291

nro@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Vadodara Area Sales Office)

UG28 Upper Ground Floor

"Concorde" R.C. Dutt Road

Opp. Alkapuri Petrol Pump,

Alkapuri Vadodara

GUJARAT 390005

Telephone +91-26-55522516

Telefax +91-26-55522516

vadodara@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Pune Area Sales Office)

Roof & Services, Ground Floor

Veer Savarkar Udyog Bhavan

Shivaji Nagar, Maharashtra

PUNE 411005

Telephone +91-20-25538658

Telefax +91-20-25538757

pune@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Regional Sales Office - South)

(Karnataka & Andhra Pradesh)

C-328, 3rd Main, 1st Stage,

Peenya Industrial Estate

BANGALORE 560058

Telephone +91-80-28371225

Telefax +91-80-28378031

info@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Regional Sales Office - South)

(Tamilnadu & Kerala)

No. 4, First Floor, X 70,

Sindur Shopping Complex,

2nd Avenue, Anna Nagar

CHENNAI 600040

Telephone +91-44-26212265

Telefax +91-44-26190129

cro@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Regional Sales Office - East)

Room No. 221, II Floor "LORDS"

7/1, Lord Sinha Road

KOLKATA 700071

Telephone +91-33-22828539

Telefax +91-33-22828777

ero@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Regional Sales Office - West)

No. 401, A-Wing, Subham Ctr. 1, 4th fl.

Cardinal Gracias Road, Chakala

Andheri (East)

MUMBAI - 400099

Telephone +91-22-28231946

Telefax +91-22-28231947

wro@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs India Pvt. Ltd.

(Hyderabad Area Sales Office)

Hi Tech Business Centre, 4th Floor,

Topaz Bldg.

Amrutha Hills, Punjagutta

HYDERABAD 500082

Telephone +91-40-23407053

Telefax +91-40-23407093

hyderabad@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Coimbatore Area Sales Office)

43A, 1st Floor

7th Street, K. K. Pudur, Tamilnadu

COIMBATORE 641038

Telephone +91-42-22450727

Telefax +91-42-22450727

coimbatore@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl + Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd.

(Jamshedpur Resident Office)

FA/23, Sindhu Block, Siroman Nagar

Binda Apartment, Dimna Road,

Mango

Jharkhand JAMSHEDPUR 830018

Telephone +91-65-72363146

Telefax +91-65-72363146

jamshedpur@in.pepperl-fuchs.com

Zentrale Asien

Asia Pacific Head Office

Pepperl+Fuchs PTE Ltd.

P+F Building

18 Ayer Rajah Crescent

139942 SINGAPORE

Company registration no.

199003130E

Telephone +65-67799091

Telefax +65-68731637

sales@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Date of edition 05/17/2006

203

Indonesia

PT Himalaya Everest Jaya

(FA Representation)

Jln. Daan Mogot Km. 10,

No. 151 Pesing Poglar

11710 JAKARTA Barat

Telephone +62-21-5448956

Telefax +62-21-6194658

himalaya@indosat.net.id

PT Binakarya Sentosaprima

(PA Representation)

Citra Garden 1 Blok C-2/24

11840 JAKARTA

Telephone +62-21-5451136

Telefax +61-21-5403647

ptbina@cbn.net.id

PT Pepperl and Fuchs Bintan

SD 56, 57 Lobam

Bintan Industrial Estate

PULAU BINTAN, RIAU

Telephone +62-770-696675

Telefax +62-770-696677

Japan

Pepperl+Fuchs K.K.

German Industry Center 401

18-2 Hakusan 1-Chome, Midori-Ku

226-0006 YOKOHAMA

Telephone +81-45-9397802

Telefax +81-45-9397804

sales@jp.pepperl-fuchs.com

Korea

Pepperl+Fuchs Korea Ltd.

Bum-Yang Bang-Bae Bldg.

5th Floor, #811-6, Bang Bae-dong

Seo Cho-Ku

137060 SEOUL

Telephone +82-2-34819494

Telefax +82-2-34819495

info@kr.pepperl-fuchs.com

Malaysia

Industrial Automation (M) SDN BHD

(Kuala Lumpur Office FA)

30-3 & 30-4, Jalan Loke Yew

55200 KUALA LUMPUR

Telephone +60-03-92210511

Telefax +60-03-92212330

iakl@tm.net.my

Miran Engineering Sdn Bhd

(PA Representation)

No. 16 Jalan Astaka U8/82

Bukit Jelutong Commercial Area

40150 SHAH ALAM SELANGOR

Telephone +60-03-78473278

Telefax +60-03-78475236

zainuddin@trisys.com.my

New Zealand

Unilink Automation Ltd.

(FA Representation)

PO Box 300785, Albany

10E Vega Place, Mairangi Bay

1130 AUCKLAND

Telephone +64-9-4760286

Telefax +64-9-4760267

sales@unilink.co.nz

Custom Control Ltd.

(PA Representation)

16 Mahunga Drive, Mangere Bridge

Private Bag 92902

ONEHUNGA, AUCKLAND 6

Telephone +64-9-6341391

Telefax +64-9-6365976

jneville@customcontrols.co.nz

Philippines

Jaylan Mill Trades Inc.

(FA Representation for Visayas +

Mindanao)

Ground Floor D&C National Highway

MANDAUE CITY CEBU

Telephone +63-32-3442651

Telefax +63-32-3460763

jaylancbu@skyinet.net

Multiplex Instrumentation & Control

Equipment Services

(PA Representation)

3378 A Ibarra Street

PALANAN MAKATI CITY

Telephone +63-2-5501473

Telefax +63-2-5501475

multiplex@quickweb.com.ph

Process Innovations, Inc.

(FA Representation for Luzon)

W-11 Guadalupe Arcadia Square

J. P. Rizal Ext.

CEMBO MAKATI CITY

Telephone +63-2-8826411

Telefax +63-2-8826357

pi-filters@surfshop.net.ph

Sri Lanka

Nikini Automation Systems (Pvt) Ltd.

(FA Representation)

247/249 High Level Road, Kirulapone

COLOMBO 5

Telephone +94-1-826894

Telefax +94-1-826252

sales@nikiniautomation.com

Taiwan

Kawa Kami Enterprise Corp.

(FA Representation)

1F, No. 41, Lane 76,

Jui Kuang Road, Neihu District

TAIPEI 114

Telephone +886-2-27920078

Telefax +886-2-87917969

kawa.kami@msa.hinet.net

Globe Royal Cavalier Corp.

(PA Representation)

6th Floor, 23 Jen Ai Road, Sec. 3

TAIPEI

Telephone +886-2-27718246

Telefax +886-2-27519032

grcc@ms19.hinet.net

Thailand

Industrial Electrical Co., Ltd.

(FA Representation)

85/3 Soi Sot Phin San

Rang Nam Road, Rajthevee

BANGKOK 10400

Telephone +66-2-6427887

Telefax +66-2-6424249

iecl@ie.co.th

Delta Elmech Co., Ltd.

(PA Representation)

72 Soi Pattanakarn 53,

(Muangthong 2/3)

Pattanakarn Road, Suanluang

BANGKOK 10250

Telephone +66-2-3225423

Telefax +66-2-3221762

deltabkk@deltaelmech.co.th

Vietnam

Provina Technology Co. Ltd.

(FA Representation)

148B Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

Q1 TP

HO CHI MINH CITY

Telephone +84-8-8298901

Telefax +84-8-8295486

provina@hcm.vnn.cn

204

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Alphabetical type index

Model number...................................................Page Model number .................................................. Page

SB4 Cape............................................................... 166

SB4 Housing .......................................................... 167

SB4 Module 2E ...................................................... 164

SB4 Module 4C ...................................................... 154

SB4 Module 4CG ................................................... 150

SB4 Module 4CP.................................................... 146

SB4 Module 4M...................................................... 160

SB4 Module 4MD ................................................... 162

SB4 Module 4X ...................................................... 156

SB4 Module 4XG.................................................... 152

SB4 Module 4XP.................................................... 148

SB4 Module 6C ...................................................... 158

SB4 Module OR ..................................................... 144

SB4-OR-4CP.......................................................... 136

SB4-OR-4CP-4C.................................................... 138

SB4-OR-4CP-4M.................................................... 140

SC2-2 24VDC......................................................... 128

SC4-2 24VDC......................................................... 130

SL12/115 ................................................................. 30

SL12/124 ................................................................. 30

SL29/105/106 .......................................................... 34

SL29/106/116 .......................................................... 36

SL29/116 ................................................................. 36

SL29/35/105/106 R=65M ........................................ 34

SL29/35/106/116 R=65m ........................................ 36

SL29/35/116 R=65m ............................................... 36

SL29/35/73c R=65M ............................................... 34

SL29/73c ................................................................. 34

SLA12/115 .............................................................. 32

SLA12/124 .............................................................. 32

SLA29/105/106 ....................................................... 38

SLA29/106/116 ....................................................... 40

SLA29/116 .............................................................. 40

SLA29/35/105/106 R=65m ...................................... 38

SLA29/35/116 R=65m ............................................. 40

SLA29/35/73c R=65m ............................................. 38

SLA29/73c ............................................................... 38

SLA40 ..................................................................... 42

SLA40/33 K=10m .................................................... 42

SLA40/33 K=5m ...................................................... 42

SLA40/92 ................................................................ 42

SLA40-2442 ............................................................ 42

SLA40-2442/33 K=2m ............................................. 42

SLA5 ....................................................................... 26

SLA5/33 K=10m ...................................................... 26

SLA5/33 K=5m ........................................................ 26

SLA5/92 .................................................................. 26

SLA5S ..................................................................... 28

SLA5S/33 K=5m ...................................................... 28

SLA5S/92 ................................................................ 28

SLC14-1050/130 ................................................... 102

SLC14-1050/31/130 .............................................. 104

SLC14-1200/130 ................................................... 102

SLC14-1200/31/130 .............................................. 104

SLC14-1350/130 ................................................... 102

SLC14-1350/31/130 .............................................. 104

SLC14-150 ............................................................ 102

SLC14-150/31 ....................................................... 104

SLC14-1500/130 ................................................... 102

SLC14-1500/31/130 .............................................. 104

SLC14-150-S .........................................................106

SLC14-1650/130 ....................................................102

SLC14-1650/31/130 ...............................................104

SLC14-1800/130 ....................................................102

SLC14-1800/31/130 ...............................................104

SLC14-300 .............................................................102

SLC14-300/31 ........................................................104

SLC14-300-S .........................................................106

SLC14-450 .............................................................102

SLC14-450/31 ........................................................104

SLC14-450-S .........................................................106

SLC14-600 .............................................................102

SLC14-600/31 ........................................................104

SLC14-600-S .........................................................106

SLC14-750 .............................................................102

SLC14-750/31 ........................................................104

SLC14-750-S .........................................................106

SLC14-900 .............................................................102

SLC14-900/31 ........................................................104

SLC-2 .......................................................................56

SLC-2/133 ................................................................58

SLC-2/31 ..................................................................56

SLC-3 .......................................................................56

SLC-3/133 ................................................................58

SLC-3/31 ..................................................................56

SLC30-1050/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-1050-S .......................................................112

SLC30-1200 ...........................................................108

SLC30-1200/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-1200-S .......................................................112

SLC30-1350 ...........................................................108

SLC30-1350/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-1350-S .......................................................112

SLC30-150 .............................................................108

SLC30-150/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-1500 ...........................................................108

SLC30-1500/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-1500-S .......................................................112

SLC30-150-S .........................................................112

SLC30-1650 ...........................................................108

SLC30-1650/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-1650-S .......................................................112

SLC30-1800 ...........................................................108

SLC30-1800/31 ......................................................110

SLC30-300 .............................................................108

SLC30-300/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-300-S .........................................................112

SLC30-450 .............................................................108

SLC30-450/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-450-S .........................................................112

SLC30-600 .............................................................108

SLC30-600/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-600-S .........................................................112

SLC30-750 .............................................................108

SLC30-750/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-750-S .........................................................112

SLC30-900 .............................................................108

SLC30-900/31 ........................................................110

SLC30-900-S .........................................................112

SLC-4 .......................................................................56

205

ubject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 • USA +1 330 4253555 • Singapore +65 67799091 • Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Alphabetical type index

Date of edition 05/17/2006

Model number................................................... Page Model number .................................................. Page

SLC-4/133 ................................................................58

SLC-4/31 ..................................................................56

SLC60-1200 ...........................................................114

SLC60-1200/31 ......................................................116

SLC60-1200-S .......................................................118

SLC60-1500 ...........................................................114

SLC60-1500/31 ......................................................116

SLC60-1500-S .......................................................118

SLC60-1800 ...........................................................114

SLC60-1800/31 ......................................................116

SLC60-1800-S .......................................................118

SLC60-300 .............................................................114

SLC60-300/31 ........................................................116

SLC60-300-S .........................................................118

SLC60-600 .............................................................114

SLC60-600/31 ........................................................116

SLC60-600-S .........................................................118

SLC60-900 .............................................................114

SLC60-900/31 ........................................................116

SLC60-900-S .........................................................118

SLC90-1200 ...........................................................120

SLC90-1200/31 ......................................................122

SLC90-1200-S .......................................................124

SLC90-1500 ...........................................................120

SLC90-1500/31 ......................................................122

SLC90-1500-S .......................................................124

SLC90-1800 ...........................................................120

SLC90-1800/31 ......................................................122

SLC90-1800-S .......................................................124

SLC90-600 .............................................................120

SLC90-600/31 ........................................................122

SLC90-600-S .........................................................124

SLC90-900 .............................................................120

SLC90-900/31 ........................................................122

SLC90-900-S .........................................................124

SLP10-2 ...................................................................48

SLP10-2-L ................................................................48

SLP10-3 ...................................................................50

SLP10-3-L ................................................................50

SLP10-4 ...................................................................52

SLP10-4-L ................................................................52

SLP30-2 ...................................................................48

SLP30-3 ...................................................................50

SLP30-4 ...................................................................52

SLP65-2 ...................................................................48

SLP65-3 ...................................................................50

SLP65-4 ...................................................................52

SLP8-2 .....................................................................46

SLP8-2-L ..................................................................46

SLPC10-2 .................................................................62

SLPC10-2/31 ............................................................62

SLPC10-3 .................................................................68

SLPC10-3/31 ............................................................68

SLPC10-4 .................................................................74

SLPC10-4/31 ............................................................74

SLPC30-2 ................................................................ 64

SLPC30-2/31 ...........................................................64

SLPC30-3 ................................................................ 70

SLPC30-3/31 ...........................................................70

SLPC30-4 ................................................................ 76

SLPC30-4/31 ...........................................................76

SLPC65-2 ................................................................ 66

SLPC65-2/31 ...........................................................66

SLPC65-3 ................................................................ 72

SLPC65-3/31 ...........................................................72

SLPC65-4 ................................................................ 78

SLPC65-4/31 ...........................................................78

SLPC8-2 ..................................................................60

SLPC8-2/31 .............................................................60

SLPCM10-2 .............................................................82

SLPCM10-2/31 ........................................................82

SLPCM10-2-L ..........................................................82

SLPCM10-2-L/31 .....................................................82

SLPCM10-3 .............................................................88

SLPCM10-3/31 ........................................................88

SLPCM10-3-L ..........................................................88

SLPCM10-3-L/31 .....................................................88

SLPCM10-4 .............................................................94

SLPCM10-4/31 ........................................................94

SLPCM10-4-L ..........................................................94

SLPCM10-4-L/31 .....................................................94

SLPCM30-2 .............................................................84

SLPCM30-2/31 ........................................................84

SLPCM30-2-L ..........................................................84

SLPCM30-2-L/31 .....................................................84

SLPCM30-3 .............................................................90

SLPCM30-3/31 ........................................................90

SLPCM30-3-L ..........................................................90

SLPCM30-3-L/31 .....................................................90

SLPCM30-4 .............................................................96

SLPCM30-4/31 ........................................................96

SLPCM30-4-L ..........................................................96

SLPCM30-4-L/31 .....................................................96

SLPCM65-2 .............................................................86

SLPCM65-2/31 ........................................................86

SLPCM65-2-L ..........................................................86

SLPCM65-2-L/31 .....................................................86

SLPCM65-3 .............................................................92

SLPCM65-3/31 ........................................................92

SLPCM65-3-L ..........................................................92

SLPCM65-3-L/31 .....................................................92

SLPCM65-4 .............................................................98

SLPCM65-4/31 ........................................................98

SLPCM65-4-L ..........................................................98

SLPCM65-4-L/31 .....................................................98

SLPCM8-2 ...............................................................80

SLPCM8-2/31 ..........................................................80

SLPCM8-2-L ............................................................80

SLPCM8-2-L/31 ....................................................... 80

FACTORY AUTOMATION – SENSING YOUR NEEDS

For half a century, Pepperl+Fuchs have been continually providing new stimuli for the world of automation. The company is also

setting standards in quality and innovative technology. We develop, produce and distribute electronic sensors and interface

modules on a global scale. By means of our world-wide presence and our high flexibility in production and customer service

we are able to individually offer complete solutions – right where you need us. We know what we are talking about –

Pepperl+Fuchs have established a good reputation in supplying the world’s biggest offer of industrial sensor technology for a

large scale of applications. Our signals move the world.

Mannheim

Twinsburg

Singapore

www.pepperl-fuchs.com

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances · Copyright PEPPERL+FUCHS · Printed in Germany · Part. No. 116 045 05/06 05

Worldwide Headquarters

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH

68307 Mannheim · Germany

Tel. +49 621776-0

E-Mail: info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com

USA Headquarters

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc.

Twinsburg, Ohio 44087 · USA

Tel. +1 330 4253555

E-Mail: sales@us.pepperl-fuchs.com

Asia Pacific Headquarters

Pepperl+Fuchs Pte Ltd. · Singapore 139942

Company Registration No. 199003130E

Tel. +65 6779-9091

E-Mail: sales@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com

1000428607 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation